WO2023179645A1 - Item placement system - Google Patents
Item placement system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023179645A1 WO2023179645A1 PCT/CN2023/082999 CN2023082999W WO2023179645A1 WO 2023179645 A1 WO2023179645 A1 WO 2023179645A1 CN 2023082999 W CN2023082999 W CN 2023082999W WO 2023179645 A1 WO2023179645 A1 WO 2023179645A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- mesh
- vertical beam
- storage
- limiting
- clamping
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 claims description 367
- 230000003014 reinforcing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 55
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 claims description 51
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 claims description 31
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 abstract 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 49
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 38
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 229910000831 Steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000010959 steel Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000005069 ears Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000005489 elastic deformation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004308 accommodation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011900 installation process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002787 reinforcement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000049 Carbon (fiber) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004026 adhesive bonding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004917 carbon fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013013 elastic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004880 explosion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 1
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012149 noodles Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006748 scratching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002393 scratching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
- A47B—TABLES; DESKS; OFFICE FURNITURE; CABINETS; DRAWERS; GENERAL DETAILS OF FURNITURE
- A47B61/00—Wardrobes
- A47B61/04—Wardrobes for shoes, hats, umbrellas, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
- A47B—TABLES; DESKS; OFFICE FURNITURE; CABINETS; DRAWERS; GENERAL DETAILS OF FURNITURE
- A47B96/00—Details of cabinets, racks or shelf units not covered by a single one of groups A47B43/00 - A47B95/00; General details of furniture
- A47B96/02—Shelves
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
- A47B—TABLES; DESKS; OFFICE FURNITURE; CABINETS; DRAWERS; GENERAL DETAILS OF FURNITURE
- A47B96/00—Details of cabinets, racks or shelf units not covered by a single one of groups A47B43/00 - A47B95/00; General details of furniture
- A47B96/20—Furniture panels or like furniture elements
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
- A47B—TABLES; DESKS; OFFICE FURNITURE; CABINETS; DRAWERS; GENERAL DETAILS OF FURNITURE
- A47B97/00—Furniture or accessories for furniture, not provided for in other groups of this subclass
- A47B97/001—Wall mounting or suspension arrangements for blackboards or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
- A47G—HOUSEHOLD OR TABLE EQUIPMENT
- A47G29/00—Supports, holders, or containers for household use, not provided for in groups A47G1/00-A47G27/00 or A47G33/00
- A47G29/08—Holders for articles of personal use in general, e.g. brushes
Definitions
- This application relates to the technical field of storage systems, in particular to storage systems.
- a storage system is provided.
- a storage system includes a vertical beam and an assembly structure.
- the vertical beam is provided with a mounting hole.
- the assembly structure includes a fitting that matches the mounting hole.
- the assembly structure is detachably connected through the fitting. Installed on the mounting hole of the vertical beam.
- the storage system further includes a load-bearing structure, the load-bearing structure is used to load items, the load-bearing structure is connected to the assembly structure, and is detachably installed on the vertical wall through the assembly structure. Liang.
- the assembly structure includes a bracket, a hook is protruding from the bracket, and the hook is used to hook into the mounting hole of the vertical beam.
- the load-bearing structure includes a storage mesh and a clamping member.
- the storage mesh includes a plurality of rods connected in a crisscross manner for placing items.
- the load-bearing structure further includes a clamping member
- the clamping member includes a clamping portion for clamping to the bracket and a buckling portion extending transversely from the clamping portion
- the buckle portion is used to buckle the rod member of the storage mesh piece, so as to clamp the storage mesh piece to the bracket through the clamping member.
- the buckle part of the buckle component includes a buckle plate integrally connected with the clamping part and a buckle groove provided on the buckle plate, and the buckle The notch size of the buckle groove of the part is smaller than the outer diameter of the rod, wherein the buckle groove of the buckle part matches the rod of the storage mesh, so as to connect the The rod is clamped in the clamping groove of the clamping part;
- the clamping groove extends longitudinally on the clamping plate, and a plurality of the clamping slots are arranged transversely on the clamping plate to respectively clamp different vertical rods in the rod member.
- the clamping portion of the clamping member includes a pair of clamping arms extending longitudinally from the clamping portion to form a clamping arm between the clamping arms.
- the clamping space of the bracket, the bracket is provided with a limiting groove that matches the clamping portion of the clamping member, and the clamping portion of the clamping member is used to clamp the bracket.
- the limiting groove, the bracket is further provided with a limiting hole adjacent to the limiting groove, wherein the clamping portion of the clamping member includes a protruding from the inner side of the clamping arm.
- the limiting body in the clamping member matches the limiting hole so as to be clamped to the limiting member of the bracket at the clamping portion of the clamping member slot, the limiting body of the clamping part is embedded in the limiting hole of the bracket.
- the clamping member is made of plastic material
- the bracket is provided with hook grooves that match the cross bars of the rods of the storage mesh for hooking all the items.
- the cross bar in the rod member, the load-bearing structure further includes a shelf body and an end cover body, wherein the shelf body is used to be covered above the storage mesh, and the end cover body It is used to be arranged on the side of the storage mesh.
- the load-bearing structure further includes a storage shelf, the storage shelf is used to be assembled on a storage grid, the storage shelf includes: a shelf body, the shelf body has a longitudinal arrangement A plurality of molded holes, at least two shaped grooves that are limited and shaped, and a matching groove used to cooperate with the storage grid.
- the plurality of molded holes transversely penetrate the left end surface and the right end surface of the shelf body, at least Two of the shaping grooves are positioned and distributed between the plurality of shaping holes; and an end cover body, the end cover body includes an end cover plate body and a protruding portion on the At least two end cover plug-ins of the end cover plate body, the end cover plug-ins of the end cover body are inserted into the shaping grooves of the shelf body in one-to-one correspondence, so as to pass through the end cover plate body Cover the left end surface or the right end surface of the shelf body.
- the shelf body has an upper surface and a lower surface arranged oppositely, and the notch of the matching groove of the shelf body is downward for buckling above the storage grid;
- the shaped groove of the shelf body includes a groove cavity and a notch connected to the groove cavity.
- the groove cavity transversely penetrates the left end surface and the right end surface of the shelf body.
- the notch mouth Located on the lower surface of the shelf body; the transverse size of the notch in the shaping groove is equal to the transverse size of the slot cavity, and the longitudinal size of the notch is smaller than the longitudinal size of the slot cavity.
- each of the end cap inserts in the end cap body includes a pair of plug-in arms integrally and transversely extending from the end cap plate body, and the two plug-in arms are spaced apart. Distributed on the end cover plate body, and the upper end distance between the two plug-in arms is greater than the lower end distance between the two plug-in arms; each end cover plug-in further includes: A pair of reinforcing ribs extending transversely of the plate body integrally, the reinforcing ribs integrally connected to the corresponding plug-in arms; two of the reinforcing ribs in each end cover plug-in are located on two of the plug-in connectors between the arms, and the reinforcing rib is located in the middle of the corresponding plug-in arm.
- the load-bearing structure further includes a mesh component, the mesh component is used to separate the storage mesh, the mesh component includes: a mesh piece; and a clamping member, wherein the The clamping member includes a clamping portion connected to the partitioning mesh and a buckling portion integrally extending from the clamping portion, wherein the clamping portion of the clamping member is used to clamp the storage mesh.
- the buckle part is used to buckle under the rod of the storage mesh, so as to hold the partition mesh on the storage mesh and separate the storage area of the storage mesh.
- the latching portion of the latching member extends transversely for latching on the vertical rod of the storage mesh, wherein the buckling portion of the latching member extends from the latching portion.
- the latching part of the latching member includes a pair of latching parts extending laterally to the left and right from the partition mesh. arm, wherein the holding arm extending to the left is used to cross over and hold one or more longitudinal rods on the left side of the partition mesh on the storage net, and the holding arm extending to the right is used to Cross over and hold one or more vertical rods on the right side of the partition mesh on the storage mesh;
- the buckle portion of the holding member includes a pair of obliquely extending downwards from the holding arms. The buckle arm, and the buckle arm of the buckle part is used to pass through the storage mesh from top to bottom to buckle with the cross bar.
- the two clamping members are respectively fixed to the front and rear ends of the mesh sheet, and the buckling arm of the buckling portion of the clamping piece located at the front end automatically
- the holding arm extends forward obliquely and is used to buckle forward to the front cross bar on the storage mesh, and the buckling arm of the buckling part in the holding piece at the rear end is free from the
- the holding arm extends obliquely backward and is used to buckle backward on the rear cross bar on the storage mesh;
- the buckling part of the holding member located at the front end further includes a buckling arm extending backward from the buckling arm.
- a front guide arm that extends obliquely; and the buckle portion of the holder located at the rear end further includes a rear hook arm extending rearwardly from the buckle arm.
- the latching portion of the latching member extends longitudinally for latching on the cross bar of the storage mesh, wherein the buckling portion of the latching member extends from the latching portion.
- the latching part of the latching member includes a latching plate for inserting the partition mesh, and the latching plate is longitudinally Extending to cross over and catch two or more horizontal bars on the storage mesh; wherein the buckle portion of the holding member includes a pair of vertical bars extending vertically from the left and right sides of the holding plate respectively.
- One or more pairs of longitudinal buckles, and the longitudinal buckles are respectively used to pass through the storage mesh from top to bottom to buckle on two adjacent vertical bars on the storage mesh.
- the vertical beam includes a first vertical beam, a second vertical beam and a vertical beam splicing piece.
- the vertical beam splicing piece is used to splice the first vertical beam to the end-to-end. a second vertical beam; wherein the vertical beam splicing piece includes: a connecting piece, wherein the connecting piece has a connecting part for connecting with the first vertical beam and a limiting part extending from the connecting part, and the The limiting part is provided with a limiting surface for matching the surface of the first vertical beam and the surface of the second vertical beam; and a limiting part, wherein the limiting part is provided on the limiting part of the connecting member part for abutting the second vertical beam end-to-end against the first vertical beam, and making the surface of the first vertical beam and the surface of the second vertical beam fit against the limiting portion of the limiting portion at the same time noodle.
- the limiting portion of the connecting piece is a limiting plate used to provide a flat limiting surface, and the connecting portion is the limiting portion from the limiting plate.
- a connecting column extending transversely is used to be correspondingly plugged into the installation hole on the base wall of the first vertical beam, wherein the limiter is a limiter extending laterally from the limiter surface of the limiter plate.
- the column is used to be plugged into the mounting hole on the base wall of the second vertical beam correspondingly, so that the limiting surface of the limiting plate is used to fit the base wall of the first vertical beam and the second vertical beam. surface; the connecting post and the limiting post in the connecting piece both extend laterally and integrally from the limiting surface of the limiting plate.
- the limiting portion of the connecting member is a limiting frame used to fit on the base wall surface of the first vertical beam and the second vertical beam, and the connecting portion is formed from the A connecting block protruding outward at one end of the limiting frame is used to embed the second connecting block on the side wall of the first vertical beam.
- the limiter is provided at the other end of the limiter frame and is used to insert into the first card slot on the side wall of the second vertical beam; the limiter is used to communicate with the second vertical beam
- a limit rod matching the first slot of the vertical beam, and the other end of the limit frame of the connecting member is provided with a first through hole matching the limit rod for The limiting rod penetrates the limiting frame through the first through hole to be inserted into the first slot of the second vertical beam.
- the vertical beam includes a support body, and the support body has at least three rows of mounting positions spaced apart along the width direction of the support body, and each row of the mounting positions includes a plurality of mounting holes, At least two mounting parts are provided along the width direction of the support body, each of the mounting parts is formed by one or more mounting holes, and the mounting parts are used to cooperate with external mounting parts; two side plates, two The side plates are respectively fixed on both sides of the support body.
- the support body includes a first side and a second side opposite to the first side. Both side plates protrude from the Side one.
- the support body further includes reinforcing ribs, the reinforcing ribs are arranged between two adjacent rows of the mounting positions, and the reinforcing ribs extend along the length direction of the support body.
- the side plate, the reinforcing rib and the support body are integrally provided.
- Figure 1 is a schematic three-dimensional view of a storage system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 2 is a schematic three-dimensional view of part of the structure in Figure 1.
- FIG. 3 shows an exploded schematic diagram of the storage system according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 4 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of part P in the storage system shown in FIG. 3 according to the present application.
- FIG. 5 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of the local Q in the storage system shown in FIG. 3 according to the present application.
- Figure 6 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the storage system according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 7 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a storage shelf in the storage system according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 8 shows a partially enlarged schematic view of the shelf body of the storage shelf according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 9 shows a partially enlarged schematic view of the end cover body of the storage shelf according to the above embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 10 shows a schematic three-dimensional cross-sectional view of the storage shelf according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 11 shows an exploded schematic diagram of the storage grid in the storage system according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 12 shows an enlarged three-dimensional view of the clamping connector in the storage rack according to the above embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the vertical beam of the present application.
- Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of the vertical beam in Figure 13 from another perspective.
- Fig. 15 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the X portion in Fig. 14.
- Figure 16 is an enlarged schematic diagram of part Y in Figure 14.
- Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the vertical beam of the present application.
- Fig. 18 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the L portion in Fig. 14.
- Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the vertical beam of the present application.
- Figure 20 is an enlarged schematic diagram of part M in Figure 19.
- Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the vertical beam of the present application.
- Figure 22 is an enlarged schematic diagram of part N in Figure 21.
- Figure 23 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the vertical beam of the present application.
- Figure 24 is a schematic structural diagram of the vertical beam in Figure 23 from a first perspective.
- Figure 25 is a schematic structural diagram of the vertical beam in Figure 23 from a second perspective.
- Figure 26 is a three-dimensional schematic view of a vertical beam provided by one embodiment of the invention.
- Figure 27 is a three-dimensional schematic view of a spliced beam provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 28 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a spliced beam according to one embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 29 shows a modified embodiment of a spliced beam according to an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 30 is a perspective view of a spliced beam according to another embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 31 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a spliced beam according to another embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 32 shows a deformation example of a spliced beam according to another embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 33 shows a deformation example of a spliced beam according to another embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 34 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of a storage system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 35 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a storage system according to one embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 36 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of part R in the storage system according to an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 37 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a storage system according to an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 38 shows a schematic longitudinal cross-sectional view of a storage system according to an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 39 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of a bracket in a storage system according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 40 shows an enlarged schematic view of a clamping member in a storage system according to an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 41 shows an application example of a shoe cabinet according to an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 42 is a schematic three-dimensional view of a storage basket provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 43 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a basket set in a basket rack according to one embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 44 shows an enlarged schematic cross-sectional view of a storage basket rack according to an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 45 shows an enlarged schematic view of the hook in the storage basket set according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 46 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of part D in FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 47 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of part B in FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 48 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of part C in FIG. 1 .
- Figure 49 is a schematic diagram of the use state of the support assembly in one embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 50 is a schematic structural diagram of Figure 49 from another perspective.
- Figure 51 is a schematic structural diagram of Figure 49 from another perspective.
- Fig. 52 is a disassembled schematic view of the fixing member in Fig. 49.
- Figure 53 is a schematic structural diagram of a support assembly in another embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 54 is a schematic structural diagram of Figure 53 from another perspective.
- Fig. 55 is a schematic structural diagram of the fixing member in Fig. 53.
- Figure 56 is a schematic structural diagram of a support assembly in another embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 57 is a schematic structural diagram of a support assembly in another embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 58 is a schematic structural diagram of a fixing member in another embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 59 is a schematic structural diagram of a support assembly in another embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 60 is a schematic structural diagram of a fixing member in another embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 61 is a schematic diagram of the explosion structure in Figure 60.
- Figure 62 is a schematic structural diagram of a support assembly in another embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 63 is a three-dimensional schematic view of a divided storage rack according to an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 64 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a divided storage rack according to one embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 65 shows an enlarged schematic view of part E of the divided storage rack according to one embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 66 shows an enlarged schematic view of part F in the divided storage rack according to one embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 67 shows an example of a divided storage rack according to an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 68 shows a modified embodiment of a divided storage rack according to an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 69 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a divided storage rack according to a modified embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 70 shows an enlarged schematic view of a holder in a divided storage rack according to a modified embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 71 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a divided storage rack according to a modified embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 72 shows a schematic longitudinal cross-sectional view of a divided storage rack according to a modified embodiment of the present application.
- a component when a component is said to be “connected to” another component, it can be directly connected to the other component or there may also be an intermediate component.
- a component When a component is said to be “set on” another component, it can be directly set on the other component or there may be a centered component at the same time.
- a component When a component is said to be “anchored” to another component, it can be directly anchored to the other component or there may be an intermediate component present as well.
- the present application provides a storage system 1000, which includes a vertical beam 10 and an assembly structure 200.
- the vertical beam 10 is provided with a mounting hole 11, and the assembly structure 200 includes a fitting 201 that matches the mounting hole 11.
- the assembly structure 200 is detachably mounted on the mounting hole 11 of the vertical beam 10 through the matching piece 201 .
- the vertical beam 10 and the assembly structure 200 are detachably connected. During transportation, the vertical beam 10 and the assembly structure 200 can be disassembled and transported, which reduces the transportation volume and transportation cost. .
- the beam frame 100 of the present application may include a vertical beam 10 and a cross beam 20, the cross beam 20 supports the vertical beam 10 laterally, To improve the overall structural stability of the beam frame 100.
- the cross beam 20 of the present application can be connected to the vertical beam 10 by, but is not limited to, welding, screwing or snapping; the bracket 210 can be detachably installed on the vertical beam 10 by, but is not limited to, hooking. .
- the vertical beams 10 and the cross beams 20 in the beam frame 100 of the present application are usually provided with through holes and/or grooves during processing and molding to serve as the forming holes of the beam frame 100, which helps to ensure that the beam frame has a high While increasing the load-bearing capacity, it also reduces the weight of the beam frame.
- the storage system 1000 of the present application can be correspondingly connected to the vertical beam cover plate and the crossbeam cover plate respectively.
- the vertical beam 10 and the cross beam 20 are used to cover the molded holes on the vertical beam 10 and the cross beam 20 so that the molded holes on the vertical beam 10 and the cross beam 20 are hidden, which not only avoids dust accumulation and facilitates maintenance, but also improves the overall appearance of the storage system 1000 .
- the vertical beam 10 includes: a support body 12.
- the support body 12 has at least four rows of mounting positions spaced apart along the width direction of the support body 12.
- Each row of mounting positions includes a plurality of mounting holes 11 along the width of the support body 12.
- At least two mounting parts are provided in the direction, each mounting part is formed by one or more mounting holes 11, and the mounting parts are used to cooperate with external mounting parts;
- two side plates 13, the two side plates 13 are respectively fixed on the support body 12
- the support body 12 includes a first surface 121 and a second surface 122 opposite to the first surface 121 . Both side plates 13 protrude from the first surface 121 .
- the vertical beam 10 has a plurality of mounting holes 11 of different heights.
- the mounting holes 11 can form a plurality of different mounting parts, so that the vertical beam can be adapted to connect different external mounting parts.
- the side plates 13 can improve the support of the vertical beam 10 The strength and connection stability prevent the vertical beam 10 from bending, shaking or falling apart, ensuring that the vertical beam 10 is reliable, stable and durable.
- the side plate 13 is integrally provided with the support body 12 .
- the integral formation of the side plate 13 and the support body 12 can improve the connection strength between the two, save processing and installation techniques, and at the same time enhance the overall bending resistance of the vertical beam 10 .
- the side plate 13 can also be provided separately from the support body 12.
- the protruding direction of the side plate 13 and the surface of the support body 12 are perpendicular to each other. , it can be understood that in other embodiments, the protruding direction of the side plate 13 and the plate surface of the support body 12 may not be vertical, and the angle between the two may be an obtuse angle or an acute angle.
- the vertical beam 10 also includes reinforcing ribs 14.
- the reinforcing ribs 14 are disposed between two adjacent rows of installation positions, and the reinforcing ribs 14 are along the support body. 12 lengthwise extension.
- Such arrangement can further increase the bending resistance of the support body 12, further ensure that the vertical beam 10 is not prone to bending, bending, shaking or falling apart during use, and ensure the quality and use effect of the vertical beam 10.
- the number of reinforcing ribs 14 is not limited, and reinforcing ribs 14 can be provided between two adjacent rows of installation positions to further enhance the bending resistance of the support body 12 and improve the overall quality and stability of the vertical beam 10 .
- the reinforcing ribs 14 are provided integrally with the support body 12 .
- the integral formation of the reinforcing ribs 14 and the support body 12 can improve the connection strength between the two, save processing and installation processes, and further enhance the bending resistance of the support body 12 .
- Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the vertical beam 10 of the present application;
- Figure 20 is an enlarged schematic diagram of part M in Figure 19.
- the reinforcing rib 14 is a groove body with the first surface 121 recessed toward the second surface 122 (see Figures 17 and 18 ); or, the reinforcing rib 14 is a groove body with the second surface 122 recessed toward the second surface 122 .
- One side 121 is a concave tank body (see Figures 19 and 20).
- the recessed groove body can add multiple bending surfaces, further improving the bending resistance of the support body 12.
- the recessed groove body can be recessed from the first surface 121 to the second surface 122 or from the second surface 122 to the first surface.
- the reinforcing ribs 14 formed by the depressions 121 can avoid using too much additional material and further save process costs.
- Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the vertical beam 10 of the present application
- Figure 22 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the N portion in Figure 21.
- the reinforcing ribs 14 are provided on the first surface 121 .
- the structure and material of the reinforcing ribs 14 can be unrestricted, and the setting methods of the reinforcing ribs 14 are diversified.
- the effect of the reinforcing ribs 14 on improving the overall bending resistance of the vertical beam 10 is ensured, and the effect of the reinforcing ribs 14 on the vertical beam 10 is prevented during use.
- the phenomenon of bending and shaking occurs.
- the reinforcing ribs 14 are of solid structure, and adding the reinforcing ribs 14 can improve the bending resistance of the vertical beam 10 .
- the reinforcing ribs 14 are disposed on the second surface 122 . Furthermore, optionally, in another not shown embodiment of the present application, reinforcing ribs 14 are provided on both the first surface 121 and the second surface 122 of the support body 12 .
- FIG. 15 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the X part in FIG. 14
- FIG. 16 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the Y part in FIG. 14.
- the mounting hole 11 is a strip hole.
- the strip holes can increase the clamping area between the vertical beam 10 and other connecting frames during the installation process, ensuring that the assembled storage system can remain firm and stable, and ensure that the storage system does not It is prone to shaking and falling apart.
- the mounting hole 11 extends along the length direction of the support body 12 .
- the two side plates 13 are provided with first slots 131 near the ends thereof.
- the first slots 131 connect the side plates 13 to each other.
- the plate body is divided into a main body part 134 and a first clamping part 135 .
- the vertical beam 10 can engage with the cross beam 20 or other installation parts through the first clamping groove 131 and the first clamping portion 135 to ensure the stability of the vertical beam 10 after installation and connection. It can be understood that the heights and shapes of the opening positions of the first slots 131 on the two side plates 13 are consistent and corresponding to ensure that the panel on which the goods are placed remains level after the cross beam 20 and the vertical beam 10 are engaged and to prevent the cross beam 20 from tilting. Causing items to slip and be damaged.
- the first clamping groove 131 is a strip groove
- the extending direction of the strip groove has an included angle with the extending direction of the side plate 13
- the extending direction of the strip groove is away from the end of the side plate 13 .
- the side plate 13 is provided with a second card slot 132 and a third card slot 133 at intervals near the end of the plate body.
- the second card slot 132 The third slot 133 is used to provide a sliding space, and the third slot 133 is used to provide an installation space for a fastener (not shown).
- the installation position of the vertical beam 10 can be adjusted through the second slot 132 and the cross beam 20 or other mounting parts, and can be installed and fixed through the third installation slot.
- the second slot 132 is located relatively close to the center of the side plate 13 , and the third slot 133 is opened relatively far from the center of the side plate 13 .
- the second slot 132 is located at Below the third clamping slot 133, the bottom groove wall of the second clamping slot 132 can provide a support step for the hooking member (not shown), making it easier for the user to adjust the fixed position between the vertical beam 10 and the cross beam 20 without being easily skewed or detached.
- the second slot 132 can cooperate with the hook to adjust the spacing between different vertical beams 10 and adjust the width of the cargo space of the storage system
- the third slot 133 can be a fixing member An installation space is provided, and the head of the fixing member can be accommodated between the hook member and the third slot 133 .
- the reinforcing ribs 14 may not be provided, and the support body 12 deforms itself to form multiple continuous and mutually perpendicular structures.
- the bending surface can also further enhance the bending resistance of the entire vertical beam 10.
- the mounting holes 11 are opened on the bending surface perpendicular to the width direction of the support body 12; external mounting parts (such as brackets, hooks, guide rails, etc.) can be provided The corresponding hooking portion is matched with two or more mounting holes 11 in two adjacent rows and at the same height on the support body 12 .
- a fixing hole 50 is also provided on the bending surface parallel to the width direction of the support body 12. The fixing hole 50 can be used to fix the vertical beam 10 on a wall or other flat surface.
- this application provides a vertical beam splicing piece and a splicing beam, which can reduce the difficulty of splicing and simplify the assembly process of the storage system while ensuring the vertical load-bearing capacity.
- the first embodiment of the present application provides a splicing beam 810, wherein the splicing beam 810 may include a vertical beam splicing piece 15 and a vertical beam assembly 800, wherein the vertical beam assembly 800 includes The first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102, and the vertical beam splicing piece 15 splices the first vertical beam 101 to the second vertical beam 102 to form a spliced beam 810 with a longer length and a stronger vertical load-bearing capacity. .
- the vertical beam splice 15 may include a connecting piece 151 and a limiting piece 154, wherein the connecting piece 151 has a connecting portion 1501 for connecting to the first vertical beam 101 and a self-connecting part.
- the limiting portion 152 extends from the portion 1501 , and the limiting portion 152 is provided with a limiting surface 1520 for matching the surface of the first vertical beam 101 and the surface of the second vertical beam 102 .
- the limiting member 154 is provided on the limiting portion 152 of the connecting member 151 and is used to contact the second vertical beam 102 end-to-end against the first vertical beam 101 and to make the surface of the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 101 contact the second vertical beam 102 end-to-end.
- the surface of the beam 102 is in contact with the limiting surface 1520 of the limiting portion 152 at the same time.
- the vertical beam splicing piece 15 of the present application can not only contact the second vertical beam 102 end-to-end with the first vertical beam 101, but also can connect the surface of the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam.
- the surface of 102 is in contact with the limiting surface 1520 of the limiting portion 152 at the same time, so the vertical beam splicing piece 15 can make the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 align end-to-end in the vertical direction, so that The vertical bearing capacity of the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 can be directly transmitted to each other, without exerting shear force on the vertical beam splicing piece 15, which helps to ensure that the vertical beam splicing piece 15 can better splice the second vertical beam splicing piece 15.
- first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 in the vertical beam assembly 800 of the present application can be made of, but are not limited to, steel materials such as channel steel, angle steel, I-shaped steel or H-shaped steel.
- first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 in the vertical beam assembly 800 are usually provided with through holes and/or grooves during processing, so as to ensure that the vertical beams have a high load-bearing capacity and at the same time reduce the load.
- the vertical beam splicing piece 15 of the present application can make full use of these through holes and/or grooves to simplify the difficulty of splicing vertical beams, thereby simplifying the assembly process of shelves or appliances such as shelves using the splicing beam 810.
- the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 both have U-shaped cross sections, and the first vertical beam Mounting holes 11 are provided on the base walls of 101 and the second vertical beam 102.
- the limiting portion 152 of the connecting piece 151 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 can be implemented as a limiting plate 1521 for providing a flat limiting surface 1520, wherein the connecting portion 1501 is implemented as a limiting plate 1521.
- the connecting posts 1511 extending transversely from the plane 1520 are used to be correspondingly plugged into the mounting holes 11 on the base wall of the first vertical beam 101, and the limiting members 154 are implemented as transverse from the limiting surface 1520 of the limiting plate 1521.
- the extended limiting column 1541 is used to be correspondingly inserted into the mounting hole 11 on the base wall of the second vertical beam 102 .
- the connecting column 1511 and the limiting column 1541 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 into the mounting holes 11 on the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 respectively.
- the limiting surface 1520 on the limiting plate 1521 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 fit against the base wall surface of the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102, the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam can be realized.
- the beams 102 are aligned end-to-end in the vertical direction; that is to say, the vertical beam splicing piece 15 of the present application enables the user to splice the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 with bare hands without using tools such as a wrench or a wrench. Screwdrivers and other professional tools.
- the connecting column 1511 and the limiting column 1541 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 respectively limit the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 in the vertical direction
- the limiting plate in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 1521 restricts the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 in the horizontal direction to ensure that the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 are in end-to-end contact, thereby ensuring the vertical load-bearing capacity of the spliced beam 810.
- both the connecting column 1511 and the limiting column 1541 are integrated and laterally extended from the limiting surface 1520 of the limiting plate 1521 to form the vertical beam splice 15 with an integrally formed structure, which helps to simplify the vertical beam splice 15
- the manufacturing process improves the overall structural strength of the vertical beam splicing piece 15.
- the vertical beam splice 15 of the present application can be made of, but is not limited to, hard materials with a certain hardness such as plastic or carbon fiber.
- the vertical beam splice 15 may include two connecting columns 1511 arranged side by side and two limiting columns 1541 arranged side by side, and the connecting columns 1511 correspond to the limiting columns 1541 one-to-one in the vertical direction, so that the first The first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 are aligned end-to-end in the vertical direction to prevent vertical misalignment between the two and ensure that the splicing beam 810 has a large vertical load-bearing capacity.
- the vertical beam splicing parts 15 cooperate with the mounting holes 11 on the vertical beam assembly 800 to realize vertical beam splicing, in other examples of the application, the vertical beam splicing parts 15 It can also cooperate with the grooves provided on the vertical beam assembly 800 to still achieve the required vertical beam splicing effect.
- FIG. 29 shows a modified embodiment of the splicing beam 810 according to the above-mentioned first embodiment of the present application, in which grooves are provided on the side walls of the vertical beam assembly 800, such as those of the first vertical beam 101.
- a second slot 132 matching the connecting portion 1501 is formed on the side wall, and a first slot 131 matching the limiting member 154 is formed on the side wall of the second vertical beam 102 .
- the connecting portion 1501 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 is implemented as a connecting piece 1512 that bends and extends from one end of the limiting plate 1521 for correspondingly hooking with the second slot 132 on the first vertical beam 101 ;
- the limiting member 154 is implemented as a limiting piece 1542 extending curvedly from the other end of the limiting plate 1521, for correspondingly hooking with the first slot 131 on the second vertical beam 102.
- the connecting piece 1512 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 bends and extends from one end of the limiting plate 1521 to form a V-shaped hook structure at one end of the limiting plate 1521; accordingly, the vertical beam splicing piece 15
- the limiting piece 1542 curvedly extends from the other end of the limiting plate 1521 to form an arc-shaped hook structure at the other end of the limiting plate 1521.
- the vertical beam splicing parts 15 may be made of, but are not limited to, metal materials.
- the vertical beam splicing parts 15 may be made of bent metal plates, which is not the case in this application. Again.
- the second clamping groove 132 on the first vertical beam 101 of the present application is a straight slot
- the first clamping slot 131 on the second vertical beam 102 is an inclined slot.
- the limiting piece 1542 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 needs to be hooked into the first slot 131 of the second vertical beam 102, and then the connecting piece 1512 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 is pressed into the second vertical beam splicing piece 15.
- the second slot 132 of a vertical beam 101 is for hooking Connected to the second slot 132 of the first vertical beam 101.
- the vertical beam splicing piece 15 when the connecting piece 1512 is pressed into the second slot 132 of the first vertical beam 101 , the vertical beam splicing piece 15 will be slightly deformed, so that the vertical beam splicing piece 15 is aligned with the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 101 .
- the two vertical beams 102 exert greater binding force.
- the vertical beam splicing piece 15 either only contacts the base wall of the vertical beam assembly 800 for splicing, or only contacts the side wall of the vertical beam assembly 800
- the required vertical beam splicing effect can be achieved in the vertical direction, it is difficult to ensure the structural stability of the splicing beam 810 in the horizontal direction, and it is easy to bend at the vertical beam splicing joints.
- the splicing beam needs to be Only when 810 is fixed on the wall or cabinet can the stability of the overall structure be achieved.
- Figures 30 and 31 show a spliced beam 810 according to the second embodiment of the present application, which can fully utilize the base wall and side wall of the vertical beam assembly 800, This not only ensures the bearing capacity of the spliced beam 810 in the vertical direction, but also improves the bending resistance of the spliced beam 810 in the horizontal direction.
- the difference of the splicing beam 810 according to the second embodiment of the present application is that the limiting portion 152 of the connecting member 151 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 can be implemented
- the limiting frame 1522 is adapted to be located between the two side walls of the vertical beam assembly 800, so as to provide a limiting surface 1520 for fitting to the base wall surface of the vertical beam assembly 800 through the limiting frame 1522, wherein the connecting member 151
- the connecting part 1501 is implemented as a connecting block 1513 protruding outward from one end of the limiting frame 1522, and the connecting block 1513 of the connecting piece 151 is suitable for being embedded in the second slot 132 on the first vertical beam 101.
- the limiting member 154 is provided at the other end of the limiting frame 1522 and is suitable for being inserted into the first slot 131 on the second vertical beam 102 .
- the limiting frame 1522 of the vertical beam splice 15 is located between the two side walls of the vertical beam assembly 800, and the limiting frame 1522 provides The surface 1520 is limitedly attached to the base wall surface of the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102, so as to limit the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 both in the vertical direction and in the horizontal direction.
- the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 The first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102.
- the limiting surface 1520 of the limiting frame 1522 limits the base wall of the vertical beam assembly 800
- the connecting block 1513 and the limiting member 154 on the limiting frame 1522 are
- the side walls of the vertical beam assembly 800 are correspondingly restricted, so the restriction positions of the vertical beam splicing beam 810 on the vertical beam assembly 800 can be dispersed, which helps to improve the overall structural stability of the splicing beam 810 .
- the limiting member 154 of the vertical beam splice 15 can be implemented as a limiting rod 1543 that is adapted to the first slot 131 of the second vertical beam 102, and limits A first through hole 15220 matching the limiting rod 1543 is opened at the other end of the positioning frame 1522 so that the limiting rod 1543 passes through the first through hole 15220 and penetrates the limiting frame 1522 to be inserted into the second vertical beam 102 into the first slot 131, thereby realizing the limited connection between the vertical beam splicing piece 15 and the second vertical beam 102.
- two adjacent second slots 132 are provided on each side wall of the first vertical beam 101.
- the limiting frame 1522 in the vertical beam splice 15 is provided with connecting blocks arranged at intervals. 1513, so that the connecting blocks 1513 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 are embedded in the corresponding second slots 132 one by one, which helps to enhance the connection stability between the vertical beam splicing piece 15 and the first vertical beam 101.
- the limiting rod 1543 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 can be made of a certain elastic material such as metal, so that slight elastic deformation occurs when the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 are spliced, so that the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 are spliced.
- the vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 can be in close contact end-to-end.
- the connecting member 151 in the vertical beam splicing member 15 of the present application can be made of hard materials such as plastic.
- the limiting member 154 and the connecting member 151 are two independent accessories and can be made of two different materials; but in other examples of this application, the limiting member 154 It can also be integrated with the connecting piece 151 , that is, the vertical beam splicing piece 15 is made of the same material through one-piece molding.
- the limiting member 154 of the vertical beam splice 15 may be implemented as a limiter extending obliquely outward from the other end of the limiting frame 1522 .
- the positioning ears 1544 enable the limiting ears 1544 to be hung in the first slot 131 of the second vertical beam 102, thereby realizing the limiting connection between the vertical beam splice 15 and the second vertical beam 102. It can be understood that since the limiting ear 1544 of the present application extends obliquely outward from the other end of the limiting frame 1522, a deformation space is formed between the limiting ear 1544 and the limiting frame 1522.
- the limiting ears 1544 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 are adapted to undergo slight deformation, so that the first vertical beam 101 is tightly abutted against the second vertical beam 102. .
- the connecting piece 151 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 of the present application is further provided with a screw hole 153 that penetrates the limiting portion 152, and the screw hole 153 in the connecting piece 151 can be connected with the vertical beam splicing piece 15.
- the nail holes in the beam assembly 800 correspond to each other so that screws penetrate the vertical beam assembly 800 and the vertical beam splicing piece 15 to firmly splice or firmly fix the splicing beam 810 to other objects such as walls or cabinets.
- connecting piece 151 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 of the present application can be further provided with a larger screw hole 153, which is suitable for connecting expansion screws, so that the splicing beam 810 can be firmly fixed to a wall or cabinet through expansion screws. and other objects.
- first vertical beam 101 in the spliced beam 810 of the present application is provided with a second slot 132 at one end, and a first slot 131 at the other end; and the second vertical beam 102 is provided with a third slot at one end.
- a card slot 131 is provided at the other end, and a second card slot 132 is provided at the other end.
- the plurality of first vertical beams 101 and the plurality of second vertical beams 102 can be spliced end-to-end in sequence through the plurality of vertical beam splicing pieces 15 to form a longer splicing beam 810, which can still ensure better vertical load bearing. ability.
- the assembly structure 200 includes a bracket 210.
- a bent and extended hook 214 is protruding from the bracket 210.
- the hook 214 is adapted to be inserted into the mounting hole 11 of the beam frame 100 to hook the beam frame 100.
- the hook 214 is used to form a Fitting parts 201.
- the storage system 1000 may include a beam frame 100 , and a plurality of brackets 210 are respectively installed on the beam frame 100 to support the storage mesh 320 in a suspended manner for placing items.
- the storage system 1000 also includes a load-bearing structure 300.
- the load-bearing structure 300 is used to load items.
- the load-bearing structure 300 is connected to the assembly structure 200, and is detachably installed on the vertical beam 10 through the assembly structure 200.
- the storage system 1000 can also carry items through the assembly structure 200, which is not limited here.
- the load-bearing structure 300 includes a storage mesh 320 .
- the storage mesh 320 may include a plurality of rods 3200 connected in a criss-cross direction to provide a storage area for placing items.
- the load-bearing structure 300 also includes a clamping member 330 .
- the clamping part 330 may include a clamping part 331 for clamping to the bracket 210 and a buckling part 332 extending transversely from the clamping part 331, wherein the buckling part 332 is used for clamping the storage mesh 320
- the rod 3200 is used to indirectly clamp the storage mesh 320 to the bracket 210 through the clamping member 330 .
- the storage mesh 320 is indirectly connected to the bracket 210, the rigid storage mesh 320 and the bracket 210 do not need to be directly connected, so the user only needs to use less force to complete the storage system. 1000 to avoid damaging the storage mesh 320.
- the clamping member 330 of the present application can be made of, but is not limited to, plastic materials such as plastic, so as to have good plasticity and can be slightly elastically deformed to satisfy the clamping requirements while avoiding damage to the storage mesh. 320.
- the plurality of rods 3200 of the storage mesh 320 of the present application may include transversely extending crossbars 321 and longitudinally extending vertical bars 322, and the crossbars 321 and The longitudinal bars 322 may be connected together by welding.
- the number of cross bars 321 in the storage mesh 320 of the present application can be greater than the number of longitudinal bars 322.
- the outer diameter of the cross bars 321 is greater than the outer diameter of the longitudinal bars 322.
- the number of cross bars 321 may be less than or equal to the number of longitudinal bars 322 , and accordingly the outer diameter of the cross bars 321 may be less than or equal to the outer diameter of the vertical bars 322 .
- the buckle part 332 of the buckle 330 may include a buckle plate 3321 integrally connected to the clamping part 331 and a buckle groove provided in the buckle plate 3321 3322, wherein the snap-in groove 3322 of the buckle part 332 matches the rod 3200 of the storage mesh 320, so as to lock the rod 3200 in the buckle groove 3322 of the buckle part 332.
- the snap-in groove 3322 extends longitudinally on the snap-in plate 3321 to match the longitudinal rods 322 of the storage mesh 320 and is used to engage the longitudinal rods of the storage mesh 320. 322.
- the notch size d of the locking groove 3322 of the buckling part 332 is slightly smaller than the outer diameter D of the longitudinal rod 322 , so that when the longitudinal rod 322 is pressed into the locking groove 3322 , The notch portion of the engaging groove 3322 is slightly deformed to reliably engage the longitudinal rod 322 .
- the buckle portion 332 of each buckle 330 may include a plurality of buckle grooves 3322 , and the plurality of buckle grooves 3322 are arranged laterally on the buckle plate 3321 , Being respectively locked into different vertical bars 322 helps to further enhance the snapping reliability between the snapping portion 332 of the snapping component 330 and the storage mesh 320 .
- the spacing between two adjacent snapping grooves 3322 on the snapping plate 3321 of the present application is equal to the spacing between two adjacent vertical bars 322 in the storage mesh 320 to prevent the storage mesh from being There is structural interference between the vertical rod 322 of 320 and the clamping plate 3321 of the clamping part 332.
- the notch of the locking groove 3322 of the buckling part 332 faces upward, so that the longitudinal rod 322 can be locked into the locking groove 3322 from top to bottom, and then pass through the locking plate 3321 Stably support the storage mesh 320 .
- the buckle part 332 of the present application extends laterally from the clamping part 331 and the notch of the buckle groove 3322 faces upward, the buckle plate 3321 of the buckle part 332 can extend to the storage mesh.
- different longitudinal rods 322 are respectively engaged with multiple clamping slots 3322 arranged laterally. Not only can stable clamping be achieved through the clamping slots 3322, but the storage net can also be stably supported by the clamping plate 3321. piece 320 to improve the carrying capacity of the storage mesh piece 320.
- the length of the longitudinally extending clamping groove 3322 on the clamping plate 3321 is long enough to increase the gap between the clamping portion 332 and the longitudinal rod 322.
- the clamping area improves the stability of clamping.
- the clamping portion 331 of the clamping member 330 may include a pair of clamping arms 3311 extending vertically from the clamping portion 332 , so that the clamping arms 3311 A clamping space 3310 for clamping the bracket 210 is formed therebetween.
- the clamping arms 3311 are respectively located on both sides of the bracket 210 to laterally limit the clamping position of the clamping part 331 on the bracket 210, which helps The clamping portion 331 of the clamping member 330 clamps the bracket 210 reliably.
- the bracket 210 is provided with a limiting groove 211 that matches the clamping portion 331 of the clamping member 330 , and the clamping portion 331 of the clamping member 330 is used for clamping.
- the limiting groove 211 on the bracket 210 longitudinally limits the clamping position of the clamping portion 331 on the bracket 210 and prevents the clamping member 330 from sliding longitudinally along the bracket 210 . It can be understood that the clamping member 330 of the present application can be stably clamped at a fixed position on the bracket 210 through the cooperation between the clamping portion 331 and the limiting groove 211 to prevent relative sliding.
- the bracket 210 is further provided with a limiting hole 212 adjacent to the limiting groove 211 .
- the clamping part 331 of the clamping member 330 further includes a limiting body 3312 protruding from the inner side of the clamping arm 3311, and the limiting body 3312 of the clamping part 331 matches the limiting hole 212 on the bracket 210.
- the limiting body 3312 of the clamping part 331 is embedded in the limiting hole 212 of the bracket 210 to limit the clamping part 331 in all directions.
- the latch 330 is prevented from shaking on the bracket 210.
- the positions of the limiting hole 212 and the limiting body 3312 can be interchanged, that is to say: the limiting hole 212 can be provided on the clamping arm 3311 of the clamping portion 331, and The limiting body 3312 can be located on the bracket 210 accordingly.
- each storage system 1000 may include a beam frame 100 , two longitudinally arranged brackets 210 , a storage mesh 320 and four clamping members 330 .
- the two brackets 210 are spaced apart, and each bracket 210 is provided with two limiting grooves 211 at intervals; the clamping portion 331 of each clamping member 330 is correspondingly clamped at the limiting groove 211 of the bracket 210 , and the buckle portion 332 of each buckle 330 is correspondingly buckled with the longitudinal rod 322 of the storage mesh 320 .
- four clamping members 330 are located at the four corners of the storage mesh 320 to stably clamp the storage mesh 320 to the bracket 210 and improve the overall structural stability of the storage system to support heavier items.
- the storage mesh 320 in the storage system 1000 can be placed at an angle; and in order to prevent items from sliding off the storage mesh 320, the vertical portion of the storage mesh 320 in the present application can be tilted.
- the rod 322 usually extends vertically diagonally downward first, and then extends vertically upward to form a storage space above the storage mesh 320 to facilitate storage of items.
- the bracket 210 of the storage system 1000 of the present application can be further provided with a hook groove 213 that matches the cross bar 321 of the storage mesh 320 for hooking the cross bar. 321, to prevent the longitudinal rod 322 of the storage mesh 320 from sliding longitudinally in the clamping groove 3322.
- the hook groove 213 on the bracket 210 is located at the end of the bracket 210 and is used to hook the outermost crossbar 321 of the storage mesh 320, so that when assembling the object system 1000 , you only need to first hook the horizontal bar 321 of the storage mesh 320 into the hook groove 213 of the bracket 210, and then rotate the storage mesh 320 with the hook groove 213 as an axis, so that the vertical rod 322 of the storage mesh 320 can be snapped in
- the clamping groove 3322 of the clamping member 330 helps to improve the structural stability and reduce the difficulty of assembly.
- the shoe rack set 500 of the present application can further include a shelf body 361, wherein the shelf body 361 is suitable for covering the storage net. above the sheet 320 to cover the storage net sheet 320 from above to prevent dust accumulation between the horizontal bars 321 and vertical bars 322 of the storage mesh sheet 320.
- the shelf body 361 has a smooth upper surface to facilitate cleaning of accumulated dust; the shelf body 361 is provided with a slot recessed from the lower surface for engaging the crossbar 321 of the storage mesh 320 so that the shelf can be The main body 361 is stably installed above the storage mesh 320 .
- the shoe rack set 500 of the present application may further include an end cover body 362 , wherein the end cover body 362 is correspondingly disposed on the side of the storage mesh 320 to block it from the side.
- the storage mesh 320 can not only prevent dust accumulation between the horizontal bars 321 and the vertical bars 322, but also improve the overall aesthetics of the shoe rack.
- the load-bearing structure 300 also includes a storage shelf 360, which is used to be assembled to the storage mesh 320 and/or the bracket 210, It can be used to store items while covering the mesh of the storage mesh 320 .
- the storage shelf 360 may include a shelf body 361 and an end cover body 362 .
- the shelf body 361 has a plurality of longitudinally arranged forming holes 3611, at least two forming grooves 3612 that are limited and shaped, and a matching groove 3613 for cooperating with the storage mesh 320; the plurality of forming holes 3611 penetrate the shelf laterally.
- the left end surface 3601 and the right end surface 3602 of the body 361; at least two shaping grooves 3612 are positioned and distributed between a plurality of shaping holes 3611.
- the end cover body 362 includes an end cover plate body 3621 and at least two end cover plug-ins 3622 protruding from the end cover plate body 3621; the end cover plug-ins 3622 are inserted into the shaping groove 3612 in a one-to-one correspondence to pass through the end cover plate body.
- 3621 covers the left end surface 3601 or the right end surface 3602 of the shelf body 361 to prevent the opening of the molded hole 3611 on the shelf body 361 from being exposed and collecting dust, which is convenient for maintenance and can improve the overall appearance of the storage system 1000.
- the shelf body 361 is usually made of PVC ( English: Poly Vinyl Chloride; Chinese: Polyvinyl Chloride), so the shelf body 361 is easily deformed during the molding process, causing the size or position of the molding hole 3611 to change, making it difficult to match the size and position of the end cover insert 3622. Location match.
- the shelf body 361 uses the mold limiter to limit the shaping position of the shaping groove 3612 during the cooling and shaping process, so as to reduce the cooling process. deformation, so the spacing between at least two shaping grooves 3612 on the shelf body 361 is relatively fixed, which facilitates better insertion with the end cover plug-in 3622 of the end cover body 362, so that the shelf body 361 and the end cover body 362 can achieve a better clamping fit and avoid the problem of weak or impossible assembly.
- transverse direction mentioned in this application may refer to the left-right direction of the shelf body 361; the longitudinal direction mentioned in this application may refer to the front-to-back direction of the shelf body 361; The vertical direction may refer to the up and down direction of the shelf body 361 .
- the shelf body 361 of the present application has an upper surface 3603 and a lower surface 3604 arranged oppositely, and the notch of the mating groove 3613 of the shelf body 361 is facing downward, so as to be snapped into place.
- items are placed on the upper surface 3603 of the shelf body 361. It can be understood that the upper surface 3603 of the shelf body 361 of the present application is usually smooth for easy care.
- the shaped groove 3612 of the shelf body 361 includes a groove 36121 and a notch 36122 connected with the groove 36121; the groove 36121 runs through the shelf body 361 laterally.
- the left end surface 3601 and the right end surface 3602; the notch 36122 is located on the lower surface 3604 of the shelf body 361.
- the cooling and shaping mold supports the lower surface 3604 of the shelf body 361 and at the same time, the limiting block on the mold will be inserted into the notch 36122 of the shaping groove 3612 to prevent the cooling and shaping process.
- the relative positions of the shaping grooves 3612 are time-limited so that the spacing between the shaping grooves 3612 does not change with the cooling deformation, which helps to reduce the defect rate caused by deformation.
- the lateral size of the notch 36122 in the shaped groove 3612 is equal to the lateral size of the groove cavity 36121; and the longitudinal size of the notch 36122 is smaller than the longitudinal size of the groove cavity 36121.
- the limiting block on the cooling and shaping mold can slide laterally along the notch 36122 of the shaping groove 3612, so that the shelf body 361 can be cooled and shaped while sliding, thereby meeting the needs of assembly line operations.
- the end cap insert 3622 of the end cap body 362 can be inserted into the cavity 36121 of the shaping groove 3612 without coming out of the slot 36122, which helps to improve the clamping between the end cap body 362 and the shelf body 361 The reliability of the fit.
- the mating groove 3613 of the shelf body 361 may be recessed upward from the lower surface 3604 of the shelf body 361 to form a mating groove 3613 with the notch facing downward to facilitate latching.
- the storage mesh piece 320 is fastened to the storage mesh frame.
- the cooling and shaping mold can be further provided with a limiting block that matches the fitting groove 3613, so as to reduce the cooling deformation of the fitting groove 3613 and help improve the shelf body 361 and the storage space.
- the snapping stability between the mesh pieces 320 is provided.
- some end cap plug-ins 3622 in the end cap body 362 can also be plugged into the matching grooves 3613 of the shelf body 361 accordingly, so as to further increase the insertion connection between the end cap body 362 and the shelf body 361 stability.
- the storage mesh 320 of the present application may include a plurality of rods 3200 , and the plurality of rods 3200 are connected in a crisscross manner to provide a storage area for placing items.
- the storage mesh 320 may include a plurality of vertical rods 322 and a plurality of horizontal rods 321, and the vertical rods 322 and the horizontal rods 321 are connected in a criss-cross manner to form a network structure.
- the longitudinal rod 322 and the horizontal rod 321 of the present application can be connected together by, but are not limited to, welding.
- the fitting groove 3613 of the shelf body 361 matches the cross bar 321 of the storage mesh 320, and the cross bar 321 of the storage mesh 320 is engaged with the matching groove 3613 of the shelf body 361. to achieve stable assembly between the storage mesh 320 and the shelf body 361.
- the load-bearing structure 300 also includes a clamping connector 370, which is correspondingly clamped to the bracket 210 and the storage net. Between the pieces 320, the storage mesh 320 is clamped on the bracket 210 for placing items.
- the clamping connector 370 may include a supporting body 371 , a lower clamping arm 372 extending downward from the supporting body 371 , and an upper clamping arm 372 extending upward from the supporting body 371 .
- the clamping arm 373; the lower clamping arm 372 of the clamping connector 370 rides on both sides of the bracket 210 to keep the supporting body 371 stably above the bracket 210; the upper clamping arm of the clamping connector 370 373 is buckled to the rod 3200 of the storage mesh 320, and the supporting body 371 of the fastening connector 370 supports the rod 3200 of the storage mesh 320, so that the storage mesh 320 is stably maintained above the bracket 210 , convenient for placing items.
- the lower snap-in arm 372 has a hook-shaped end
- the bracket 210 is provided with a hook groove that matches the hook-shaped end, so that when the lower snap-in arm 372 rides across the bracket 210, the lower snap-in arm 372 The hook-shaped end hooks into the hook groove of the bracket 210 to enhance the stability of the clamping connection between the clamping connector 370 and the bracket 210 .
- the upper clamping arms 373 in the clamping connector 370 are distributed in a tripod shape to snap into the mesh surrounded by two longitudinal bars 322 and two horizontal bars 321, which helps to improve the clamping connection.
- the upper clamping arm 373 in the clamping connector 370 also has a hook-shaped end for hooking the corresponding rod 3200 in the storage mesh 320 to further strengthen the connection between the clamping connector 370 and the storage mesh. 320 card connection stability.
- each end cover insert 3622 in the end cover body 362 of the present application may include a pair of plug-in arms that extend laterally from the end cover plate body 3621 integrally. 36221, the two plug-in arms 36221 are spaced apart on the end cover plate body 3621, and the upper end distance between the two plug-in arms 36221 is greater than the lower end distance between the two plug-in arms 36221, so as to be firmly plugged in. In the shaping groove 3612 of the shelf body 361.
- the two plug-in arms 36221 extend gradually farther from top to bottom on the end cover plate 3621, so that the projection of the end cover plug-in 3622 on the end cover plate 3621 It is arranged in a figure-eight shape; that is to say, the end cover plug-in 3622 has a figure-eight cross-section, so that after the end cover plug-in 3622 is inserted into the shaping groove 3612, the upper and lower ends of the two insertion arms 36221 respectively press against The upper groove wall and the lower groove wall of the shaped groove 3612, and the distance between the lower ends of the two plug-in arms 36221 and the lower groove wall of the shaped groove 3612 is greater than the upper end of the two plug-in arms 36221 and the shaped groove.
- the spacing between the upper groove walls of 3612 is convenient to ensure stable insertion between the end cover insert 3622 and the shaped groove 3612 of the shelf body 361.
- the end cap insert 3622 may further include a pair of reinforcing ribs 36222 integrally and laterally extending from the end cap plate body 3621 , and the reinforcing ribs 36222 are integrally connected to the corresponding plug-in arms. 36221, to enhance the structural stability of the plug-in arm 36221 and prevent the plug-in arm 36221 from breaking due to plug deformation.
- the two reinforcing ribs 36222 in each end cover insert 3622 are located between the two plug-in arms 36221, and the reinforcing rib 36222 is in the middle of the corresponding plug-in arm 36221; that is, the reinforcing rib 36222 is located at The middle area of the inner side of the corresponding plug arm 36221 helps to strengthen the strength of the plug arm 36221 while ensuring that the upper and lower ends of the plug arm 36221 can undergo slight elastic deformation to tightly plug into the In the shaping groove 3612.
- the inner side of the plug-in arm 36221 in this application refers to the side of one plug-in arm 36221 in the end cover plug-in 3622 adjacent to or facing the other plug-in arm 36221; that is to say, the inner side of the plug-in arm 36221 in the end cover plug-in 3622
- the inner sides of the two plug-in arms 36221 are arranged facing each other.
- the assembly structure 200 includes a base 2311.
- a bent and extended hook 214 is protruding from the base 2311.
- the hook 214 is suitable for inserting into the mounting hole 11 of the beam frame 100 to hook the beam frame 100.
- the hook 214 is used for To form the fitting part 201.
- the load-bearing structure 300 also includes a fixing member 380.
- the fixing member 380 includes a connecting structure 381 and an anti-separation structure 382.
- One end of the connecting structure 381 is used to connect to an external structure, and the other end of the connecting structure 381 is connected to the anti-separating structure 382.
- the anti-separation structures 382 on at least two fixing members 380 cooperate with each other and are used to install the bearing member 390.
- the connecting structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are an integrated structure.
- the fixing part 380 when the fixing part 380 is used to support the bearing 390, the fixing part 380 can carry a large mass; the connecting structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 in the fixing part 380 adopt an integrated structure, which is convenient for molding and installation, and can avoid fixation.
- the load-bearing capacity of the fixing member 380 can be maintained at a relatively high level due to the decrease in load-bearing capacity caused by the aging of some structures in the member 380 .
- the fixing member 380 includes a first frame body 3811 and a second frame body 3812 that are symmetrically arranged.
- the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 They are assembled and fixed together to form a connecting structure 381 and an anti-loosening structure 382 .
- Such an arrangement improves the deformation resistance of the connecting structure 381, increases the range of the mass that the connecting structure 381 can bear for the anti-separation structure 382, and reduces the replacement cost of the connecting structure 381.
- connection structure 381 can also be implemented as an integrated structure or composed of three The above frames are spliced together, as long as the connection structure can be improved The anti-deformation ability of 381 is sufficient.
- first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 can be fixedly connected by snapping, snapping, welding, gluing or other methods.
- first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 can be arranged symmetrically or asymmetrically, as long as they can be fixedly connected and can support the bearing member.
- the anti-removal structure 382 is located at one end of the first frame 3811 and/or one end of the second frame 3812.
- the anti-falling structure 382 can be manufactured according to actual needs during manufacturing, providing a personalized production space for the fixing part 380 and better supporting the bearing member 390 carried by the anti-falling structure 382.
- the anti-falling structure 382 is implemented on the first frame 3811 and the second frame 3812.
- the anti-falling structure 382 may be implemented only on the first frame. 3811 or the anti-detachment structure 382 is only implemented on the second frame 3812, as long as the anti-detachment structure 382 can better protect the loaded bearing 390.
- the anti-detachment structure 382 can be located at the end of the fixing piece 380 or in the middle of the fixing piece 380, which is not limited here.
- the fixing member 380 also includes at least one reinforcing member 383.
- the reinforcing member 383 is fixed between the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812. .
- the reinforcing member 383 can improve the bearing capacity of the fixing member 380 on the bearing member 390 and improve the deformation resistance of the connecting structure 381 .
- the reinforcing member 383 is implemented between the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812.
- the reinforcing member 383 can also be implemented between the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812.
- the side of 3811 facing away from the second frame body 3812 or the side of the second frame body 3812 facing away from the first frame body 3811, as long as the reinforcing member 383 can improve the anti-deformation ability of the connecting structure 381.
- the reinforcing member 383 between the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 is implemented as one.
- the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 are The reinforcement members 383 between the bodies 3812 can also be implemented as two or more, as long as the resistance to deformation of the connection structure 381 can be improved.
- the reinforcing member 383 may not be provided, as long as the bearing capacity of the fixing member 380 can meet the requirements.
- the anti-detachment structure 382 includes a support piece 3821 .
- the support piece 3821 is protruding with a clamping block 38211 , and the clamping block 38211 is used to clamp the bearing member 390 .
- the snap-in block 38211 can prevent the load-bearing member 390 from coming out of the support piece 3821, and the snap-in block 38211 can make the load-bearing member 390 more stable after being installed in the anti-slip structure 382. Not easy to shake.
- one snap block 38211 is implemented on each support piece 3821.
- two or more clamping blocks 38211 can also be implemented on each support piece 3821.
- the snap block 38211 as long as the anti-detachment structure 382 can provide a more suitable accommodation space for the bearing member 390.
- a snapping block 38211 is implemented on each support piece 3821 of the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812. In other embodiments of the present application, it can also be implemented only on the first frame body 3811.
- the frame body 3811 is provided with a snap-in block 38211
- the second frame body 3812 is provided with a snap-in block 38211
- the support piece 3821 at one end of the first frame body 3811 is provided with a snap-in block 38211
- only the second frame body 3811 is provided with a snap-in block 38211.
- the support piece 3821 at one end of the frame body 3811 is provided with a clamping block 38211, as long as it can provide a more suitable accommodation space for the bearing member 390.
- connection structure 381 includes a positioning member 3813 , and the positioning member 3813 is used to connect with the base 2311 .
- connection between the connecting structure 381 and the base 2311 is more stable.
- the positioning member 3813 prevents the connecting structure 381 from being separated from the base 2311.
- the positioning member 3813 is implemented as a hook.
- the positioning member 3813 can also be implemented as a V-shaped or other shape, as long as the positioning member 3813 can realize the base 2311 The connection with the fixing member 380 is sufficient.
- both the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 are provided with a positioning member 3813, and the two positioning members 3813 are symmetrically arranged.
- the positioning member 3813 is also provided. can be implemented only on the first frame 3811 or the positioning member 3813 It is implemented on the second frame 3812, as long as the connection structure 381 can be stably connected to the base 2311.
- connection structure 381 is detachably connected to the base 2311 through the positioning member 3813.
- connection between the connection structure 381 and the base 2311 can also be implemented by welding or welding.
- Other structures can be used for snap connection, as long as the fixing part 380 can be stably connected to the base 2311.
- the fixing component 380 is a sheet metal component, and the connecting structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are bent and formed.
- the overall metal strength of the fixing part 380 is the same, and local deformation is not easy to occur, which reduces the replacement cost of the fixing part 380; the connection structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are bent and formed, thereby reducing the manufacturing difficulty of the fixing part 380 and improving production efficiency. .
- the fixing part 380 is implemented as a sheet metal part.
- the fixing part 380 can also be implemented as a metal part or a plastic part, as long as the fixing part 380 can be a bearing part. 390 can provide suitable carrying capacity.
- the connecting structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are implemented as one-piece bending molding.
- the connecting structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 can also be implemented as separate bodies. After molding, the connection is fixed, as long as the fixing part 380 can provide a suitable load-bearing capacity for the load-bearing part 390.
- the anti-separation structure 382 is arc-shaped.
- the anti-separation structure 382 is hole-shaped.
- Such an arrangement prevents the bearing member 390 from coming out of the anti-detachment structure 382, better protects the bearing member 390, and improves the safety and reliability of the fixing member 380.
- the anti-off structure 382 can also be in other shapes, such as U-shaped, elliptical, etc., which is not limited here.
- connection structure 381 is "J" shaped or "L” shaped. This arrangement makes it convenient for the user to place the bearing member 390 on the anti-removal structure 382 at any time, thereby improving the flexibility of use of the fixing member 380 .
- connection structure 381 can also be in other shapes, such as triangle, strip, arc shape, etc., which are not limited here.
- the support component 231 includes a base 2311 and a fixing part 380.
- the fixing part 380 is the above-mentioned fixing part 380.
- the fixing part 380 passes
- the connection structure 381 is installed on the base 2311, and the base 2311 is used to connect external structures.
- the base 2311 provides support for the fixing member 380, and the base 2311 can be connected to the external structure, broadening the use scenarios and range of the fixing member 380, and providing the user with a more personalized use experience.
- the base 2311 is in an "L" shape or a triangle.
- the base 2311 has better load-bearing capacity, can provide strong support for the fixing member 380, improve the safety of the support assembly 231 when used, and provide a safer usage environment for the user.
- the base 2311 is implemented as an "L" shape or a triangle.
- the base 2311 may also be implemented as an arc shape, a "Z" shape, or other other shapes. As long as the base 2311 can provide suitable support for the fixing member 380.
- the support set 230 includes a load-bearing part 390 and at least two fixing parts 380.
- the fixing parts 380 are the above-mentioned fixing parts.
- the bearing member 390 is positioned and installed through the anti-detachment structures 382 on the two fixing members 380.
- the two fixing members 380 can provide a more suitable bearing space for the bearing member 390 and improve the use scenarios and bearing capacity of the support set 230 .
- the support set 230 further includes a base 2311, and the fixing member 380 is installed on the base 2311 through the connecting structure 381.
- the base 2311 provides stable support for the bearing member 390 and the two fixing members 380, thereby improving the safety of the support set 230.
- connection between the fixing part 380 and the base 2311 is implemented as welding or bolting.
- connection between the fixing part 380 and the base 2311 can also be implemented by welding or bolting. It can be implemented as clamping, hoop connection or cementing, as long as the connection between the fixing part 380 and the base 2311 is stable.
- the support set 230 includes a support assembly 231 and the bearing member 390.
- the support assembly 231 provides bearing capacity for the bearing member 390.
- the support assembly 231 includes a base 2311 and a fixing member 380.
- the base 2311 serves as a connection between the fixing member 380 and the external structure (such as a wall, a beam or a longitudinal beam).
- Bridge the fixing part 380 provides bearing capacity for the bearing part 390, the base 2311 is implemented as a triangle, the fixing part 380 is implemented as a streamlined hook-shaped body, the bearing part 390 is implemented as a cylinder;
- the fixing part 380 includes a connecting structure 381 and Anti-separation structure 382.
- connection structure 381 is connected to the base 2311 through the positioning member 3813.
- the other end of the connection structure 381 is connected to the anti-separation structure 382.
- the anti-separation structures 382 on the two fixing members 380 cooperate with each other for installation of the load bearing.
- Part 390, the connecting structure 381 and the anti-off structure 382 are an integrated structure;
- the connecting structure 381 includes a first frame 3811 and a second frame 3812 arranged symmetrically, and the first frame 3811 and the second frame 3812 are assembled and fixed to each other.
- a connection structure 381 is formed;
- the anti-detachment structure 382 includes a support piece 3821, the support piece 3821 is provided with a clamping block 38211, and the clamping block 38211 is used to clamp the bearing member 390.
- the support assembly 230 includes a support assembly 231 and a bearing member 390.
- the support assembly 231 provides bearing capacity for the bearing member 390.
- the support assembly 231 includes The base 2311 and the fixing part 380.
- the base 2311 serves as a connecting bridge between the fixing part 380 and the external structure (such as a wall, a beam or a longitudinal beam).
- the fixing part 380 provides bearing capacity for the bearing part 390.
- the base 2311 is implemented as a triangle.
- the fixing part 380 is implemented as a bent hook-shaped body, the fixing part 380 is detachably connected to the base 2311 through bolts, one end of the connecting structure 381 connected to the base 2311 is implemented as a three-piece structure, and the first piece 3814 is It is bent into a "C" shape for snapping onto the base 2311.
- the second piece 3815 is used to cooperate with the first piece 3814 to structurally prevent the fixing member 380 from coming out of the base 2311.
- the third piece 3816 is provided with a The connecting groove 3817 is detachably connected to the base 2311 through the connecting groove 3817, and the anti-detachment structure 382 is implemented as a one-piece minor arc support piece 3821.
- the fixing member 380 includes a connecting structure 381 and an anti-separation structure 382.
- One end of the connecting structure 381 is used to connect to an external structure (such as a wall, a beam or a beam). Longitudinal beam), the other end of the connecting structure 381 is connected to the anti-separation structure 382.
- the anti-separation structures 382 on the two fixing parts 380 cooperate with each other and are used to install the load-bearing member 390.
- the connection structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are an integrated structure;
- the connecting structure 381 is implemented in an "L" shape, and the anti-separation structure 382 is implemented in an excellent arc shape.
- the support assembly 230 includes a support assembly 231 and a bearing member 390.
- the support assembly 231 provides bearing capacity for the bearing member 390.
- the support assembly 231 includes a base 2311. With the fixing part 380, the base 2311 serves as a connecting bridge between the fixing part 380 and the external structure (such as a wall, a beam or a longitudinal beam).
- the fixing part 380 provides bearing capacity for the load-bearing part 390.
- the base 2311 is implemented as a triangle, which is fixed
- the connecting structure 381 of the member 380 is implemented as a cylinder, and the anti-detachment structure 382 of the fixing member 380 is implemented as an accommodating groove provided in the cylinder, and the accommodating groove provides a bearing space for the bearing member 390 .
- the fixing member 380 includes a connecting structure 381 and an anti-separation structure 382.
- One end of the connecting structure 381 is used to connect to an external structure (such as a wall, a beam or a beam). Longitudinal beam), the other end of the connecting structure 381 is connected to the anti-separation structure 382.
- the anti-separation structures 382 on the two fixing parts 380 cooperate with each other and are used to install the load-bearing member 390.
- the connection structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are an integrated structure;
- the connecting structure 381 is implemented in an "L" shape, and the anti-separation structure 382 is implemented in a semicircular or minor arc shape.
- the support assembly 230 includes a support component 231 and a bearing member 390.
- the support component 231 provides bearing capacity for the bearing member 390.
- the support component 231 includes a base 2311.
- the fixing part 380 provides bearing capacity for the bearing part 390, and the base 2311 is implemented as "Z ” type, the fixing member 380 is implemented as a “J” shape.
- the connecting structure 381 There are two intersection points between the connecting structure 381 and the base 2311, so that a right-angled triangle with an arc-shaped hypotenuse is formed between the connecting structure 381 and the base 2311.
- the anti-falling structure 382 It is implemented as a superior arc-shaped opening toward the base 2311 .
- the fixing member 380 includes a connecting structure 381 and an anti-separation structure 382.
- One end of the connecting structure 381 is used to connect to an external structure (such as a wall). , cross beam or longitudinal beam), the other end of the connecting structure 381 is connected to the anti-separation structure 382, the anti-separation structures 382 on the two fixing parts 380 cooperate with each other, and are used to install the load-bearing member 390, the connection structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are integrated Type structure, the connecting structure 381 is implemented as a right-angled triangle with an arc-shaped hypotenuse. Four slots are provided on the connecting structure 381.
- the slots opened at the ends of the connecting structure 381 are anti-separation structures 382.
- the connecting structure 381 includes symmetrically arranged The first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812, the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 are fixed to each other and form a connection structure 381; the fixing member 380 also includes a reinforcing member 383, which is fixed on the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812. Between the frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812, the reinforcing member 383 is implemented to have an accommodating groove that matches the anti-separation structure 382. The accommodating groove cooperates with the anti-separation structure 382 to accommodate the bearing member 390, wherein , there are two reinforcing members 383, and the two reinforcing members 383 are fixedly connected together.
- the support assembly 230 includes a support assembly 231 and a bearing member 390.
- the support assembly 231 provides bearing capacity for the bearing member 390.
- the support assembly 231 includes a base 2311. with fixing piece 380, base 2311 As a connecting bridge between the fixing part 380 and the external structure (such as a wall, a beam or a longitudinal beam), the fixing part 380 provides bearing capacity for the bearing part 390.
- the base 2311 is implemented as a "Z" shape
- the fixing part 380 is implemented as a "Z" shape.
- the fixing piece 380 includes a connecting structure 381 and an anti-separation structure 382.
- the connecting structure 381 is used to connect to the external structure, and the other end of the connecting structure 381 is connected to the anti-separation structure 382.
- the anti-separation structures on the two fixing pieces 380 The structures 382 cooperate with each other and are used to install the bearing member 390 .
- the connecting structure 381 and the anti-detachment structure 382 are an integrated structure.
- the anti-detachment structure 382 is implemented as an end of a minor arc-shaped opening facing away from the base 2311 .
- the storage system 1000 also includes a partition assembly 420.
- the partition assembly 420 is detachably installed on the storage mesh 320 and is used to separate the storage area of the storage mesh 320, thereby dividing the storage area into two or two. More than one storage partition, or change the size of the storage area. More specifically, as shown in FIGS. 63 and 64 , the mesh assembly 420 of the present application may include a mesh piece 421 and a holder 422 , where the holder 422 includes a clamping portion 4221 connected to the mesh piece 421 and a clamping member 422 .
- the buckle part 4222 extends integrally from the latching part 4221.
- the latching part 4221 in the latching part 422 is used to grip above the rod of the storage mesh 320, and the buckle part 4222 is used to buckle on the storage mesh. Below the rod of the mesh 320, the partition mesh 421 is clamped on the storage mesh 320 to separate the storage area.
- the holding portion 4221 of the holding member 422 of the present application is held above the rod of the storage mesh 320, so that the holding member 422 can be supported stably by the rod of the storage mesh 320.
- the partition mesh 421 is supported.
- the buckle portion 4222 of the clamping member 422 of the present application is clamped under the rod 3200 of the storage mesh 320, so that the clamping member 422 can be reliably secured by the rod 3200 of the storage mesh 320.
- the partition mesh 421 is bound and reliably installed on the storage mesh 320 to separate the storage area.
- the buckle portion 4222 of the latching member 422 of the present application only needs to be slightly deformed to release the rod of the storage mesh 320, and the latching member 422 can be detached from the storage mesh 320, and the storage mesh 320 can be removed.
- the mesh 320 is made of crisscrossed rods. Therefore, when the clamping parts 422 are clamped on different rods on the storage mesh 320, the position of the partition mesh 421 on the storage mesh 320 will change. , so that the separation position of the storage area can be flexibly adjusted to obtain the storage partition that meets the needs.
- the plurality of rods of the storage mesh 320 of the present application may include transversely extending crossbars 321 and longitudinally extending vertical bars 322 , and the crossbars 321 and The longitudinal bars 322 may be connected together by welding. It can be understood that the extending direction of the horizontal bars 321 in the storage mesh 320 is implemented as the left-right direction as shown in FIG. 63 , and the extending direction of the longitudinal bars 322 is implemented as the front-to-back direction as shown in FIG. 63 .
- the number of cross bars 321 in the storage mesh 320 of the present application can be greater than the number of longitudinal bars 322.
- the outer diameter of the cross bars 321 is greater than the outer diameter of the longitudinal bars 322.
- the number of cross bars 321 may be greater than or equal to the number of longitudinal bars 322 , and accordingly the outer diameter of the cross bars 321 may be less than or equal to the outer diameter of the longitudinal bars 322 .
- the mesh piece 421 of the present application can be spliced by multiple rods.
- the mesh sheet 421 may include a second support rod 4211 and a plurality of vertical rods 4212 , wherein the second support rod 4211 bends and extends to form a frame of the mesh sheet 421 , and the vertical rods 4212 are bent.
- the rod 4212 extends vertically and connects to the second support rod 4211 to form a partition wall of the mesh sheet 421 .
- the vertical rod 4212 and the second support rod 4211 may be connected together by, but are not limited to, welding.
- the outer diameter of the second support rod 4211 is generally larger than the outer diameter of the vertical rod 4212 in order to provide better support force.
- the lapping portion 4221 of the clamping member 422 of the present application is fixedly connected to the second support rod 4211 of the mesh sheet 421, so as to stably support the entire mesh sheet 421.
- the clamping portion 4221 of the clamping member 422 extends laterally to clamp the vertical rod 322 on the storage mesh 320 , and the clamping portion 4222 of the clamping member 422 extends from The holding portion 4221 extends vertically and obliquely to be buckled with the cross bar 321 on the storage mesh 320 , so that the partition mesh 421 is detachably held on the storage mesh 320 through the clamping member 422 .
- the partition mesh 421 since the horizontal rods 321 in the storage mesh 320 of the present application are usually longer than the length of the vertical rods 322, the partition mesh 421 usually needs to separate the storage area of the storage mesh 320 along the longitudinal direction. In this way, as shown in Figures 65 and 66, the second support rod 4211 of the partition screen 421 can be spliced by the second longitudinal support rod 42111 and the second vertical support rod 42112.
- the second support rod 4211 of the partition screen 421 The extension direction of the second longitudinal support rod 42111 is the same as that of the longitudinal rod 322 in the storage mesh 320, and both extend front and back as shown in Figure 63; accordingly, the second vertical support rod 42112 in the partition mesh 421 and the partition mesh 421 extend in the same direction.
- the vertical rods 4212 in 421 extend in the same direction, extending up and down as shown in Figure 63 .
- the holding portion 4221 includes a pair of holding arms 42211 extending transversely to the left and right from the partition mesh 421, wherein the holding arms 42211 extending to the left are used for Cross over and hold one or more vertical rods 322 on the left side of the partition mesh 421 on the storage mesh 320; and the right-extending support arm 42211 is used to cross over and hold on the storage mesh 320 and located on the partition.
- the clamping The holding member 422 can be supported by two or more vertical rods 322, and the second support rod 4211 of the partition sheet 421 is located between the two adjacent vertical rods 322, so as to stably support the partition through the overlapping portion 4221.
- Mesh 421
- the holding portion 4221 of the holding member 422 of the present application is integrally formed, that is, a pair of holding arms 42211 are integrally connected together, and the holding portion 4221 of the holding member 422 can be, but is not limited to, welded to The second longitudinal support rod 42111 of the mesh sheet 421.
- the buckle portion 4222 of the latching member 422 of the present application can include a pair of buckle arms 42221 extending obliquely downward from a pair of holding arms 42211, and the buckle The buckle arms 42221 of the part 4222 pass through the storage mesh 320 from top to bottom to buckle on the cross bar 321, thereby fixing the clamping parts 422 from both ends of the holding arm 42211, which helps to improve the connection between the partition mesh assembly 420 and the storage mesh.
- the clamping stability between mesh pieces 320 can be used to improve the connection between the partition mesh assembly 420 and the storage mesh.
- the holding member 422 of the present application can be formed by bending a metal rod, which helps to reduce the processing difficulty and manufacturing cost of the holding member 422.
- the partition net assembly 420 of the present application usually includes two holding parts 422, and the two holding parts 422 are respectively fixed on The front and rear ends of the partition mesh 421 are respectively buckled forward and backward to the front and rear cross bars 321 on the storage mesh 320 .
- this application refers to the clamping member 422 located at the front end of the second longitudinal support rod 42111 as the front clamping member 422a, and refers to the clamping member 422 located at the rear end of the second longitudinal support rod 42111 as the front clamping member 422a.
- the holder 422 is simply called the rear holder 422b.
- the front buckle portion 4222a of the front latching member 422a in the screen assembly 420 includes a front buckle arm 42221a that extends obliquely forward from the front latching arm 42211a of the front latching portion 4221a, so as to The front is buckled on the front cross bar 321 on the storage mesh 320; at the same time, the rear buckle portion 4222b of the rear clamping member 422b in the partition assembly 420 includes a rear holding arm 42211b from the rear holding portion 4221b toward The rear buckle arm 42221b that extends obliquely backward is buckled rearwardly with the rear crossbar 321 on the storage mesh 320, so that the front and rear crossbars 321 on the storage mesh 320 are aligned with the front holding member 422a respectively. and the rear clamping member 422b exerts a squeezing force to improve the clamping stability of the screen assembly 420 .
- the front buckle portion 4222a of the front latching member 422a may further include a front guide arm 42222a extending obliquely rearwardly from the front buckling arm 42221a to lock the front latching member 422a .
- the front guide arm 42222a of the front buckle part 4222a guides the front buckle arm 42221 to partially slide through the cross bar 321 to facilitate the buckling.
- the rear buckle portion 4222b of the rear latching member 422b may further include a rear hook arm 42222b extending rearwardly from the rear latching arm 42221b to secure the rear latching member 422b.
- the rear hook arm 42222b of the rear buckle part 4222b hooks the cross bar 321 to improve the buckling stability of the rear buckle part 4222b.
- the structure of the rear buckle portion 4222b in the screen assembly 420 can be the same as the structure of the front buckle portion 4222a, that is, the rear buckle portion 4222b can adopt a guide extending forward.
- the rear hook arm 42222b is replaced by the rear hook arm 42222b, and the partition mesh assembly 420 and the storage mesh 320 can still be easily disassembled and assembled.
- the storage mesh 320 is usually provided with other cross bars 321 between the front cross bar 321 and the rear cross bar 321, so that the third cross bar 321 of the partition mesh 421
- the two longitudinal support bars 42111 have to cross the middle horizontal bar 321, and in order to ensure that the overlapping portion 4221 of the clamping member 422 connected to the second longitudinal support bar 42111 can be held on the longitudinal bar 322 of the storage mesh 320, Therefore, the front and rear ends of the second longitudinal support rod 42111 of the present application have to be recessed downward, but this will cause the overall shape of the mesh sheet 421 to be irregular and increase the difficulty of manufacturing the mesh sheet 421 .
- FIGS. 68 to 72 illustrate a modified embodiment of the mesh assembly 420 and the storage mesh 320 according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
- the difference between the partition net assembly 420 and the storage mesh 320 according to this modified embodiment of the present application is that: as shown in FIGS. 68 to 70 , the card of the partition net assembly 420
- the latching portion 4221 of the holding member 422 extends longitudinally to grip the crossbar 321 on the storage mesh 320, and the buckle portion 4222 of the latching member 422 extends vertically from the latching portion 4221 to snap onto the storage mesh.
- the vertical rods 322 on the mesh 320 detachably hold the partition mesh 421 on the storage mesh 320 through the clamping parts 422 .
- the lapping portion 4221 of the holder 422 may include a bridging plate 42212 for inserting the second vertical support rod 42112 of the partitioning sheet 421 , wherein the bridging plate 42212 extends along the second longitudinal support rod 42111 to cross over and overlap the There are two or more horizontal bars 321 on the storage mesh 320.
- the latching part 4221 of the latching part 422 when the latching part 4221 of the latching part 422 is latched on the cross bar 321 of the storage mesh 320, the latching part 422 can be supported by two or more cross bars 321 and can still pass through the overlapping part. 4221 stably supports the mesh sheet 421.
- the buckle portion 4222 of the holder 422 of the present application can include one or more pairs of longitudinal bar buckles extending vertically from the left and right sides of the holder plate 42212 respectively. 42223, and the vertical rod buckles 42223 of the buckling portion 4222 pass through the storage mesh 320 from top to bottom to buckle with the two adjacent vertical rods 322 on the storage mesh 320, so that from the left and right sides of the holding plate 42212
- the side fixed clamping parts 422 help to improve the clamping stability between the partition mesh assembly 420 and the storage mesh 320 .
- the holding plate 42212 in the holder 422 of the present application can include a top wall 422121 with a plug-in slot and a pair of side walls 422122 extending downward from the top wall 422121.
- the side wall 422122 of the supporting plate 42212 is provided with a supporting groove 422123 corresponding to the cross bar 321, so as to accommodate the cross bar 321 of the storage mesh 320.
- the second vertical support rod 42112 of the mesh sheet 421 of the present application can be directly inserted into the insertion slot on the top wall 422121 of the supporting plate 42212, so as to realize the connection between the mesh sheet 421 and the clamping member 422. While being fixedly connected, the mesh sheet 421 can also be easily detached from the holder 422 .
- the side wall 422122 of the supporting plate 42212 is also provided with a deformation hole 422124 corresponding to the longitudinal rod buckle 42223, wherein the longitudinal rod buckle 42223 extends downward from the top wall 422121 to In the deformation hole 422124, the side wall 422122 is partially protruded, which helps to improve the elastic deformation performance of the vertical rod buckle 42223 and facilitates deformation to buckle on the vertical rod 322.
- the lateral size of the top wall 422121 of the supporting plate 42212 is larger than the gap size between the two adjacent longitudinal bars 322 on the storage mesh 320 .
- the outer distance between the two side walls 422122 of the supporting plate 42212 is less than the inner distance between the two adjacent longitudinal bars 322 on the storage mesh 320 .
- the two side walls 422122 of the holding plate 42212 are located between the two adjacent longitudinal bars 322, and the top wall 422121 of the holding plate 42212 can not only
- the horizontal bars 321 of the storage mesh 320 can also be supported on the vertical rods 322 of the storage mesh 320 to further improve the support capacity of the holding member 422 .
- the buckle portion 4222 of the holder 422 of the present application can further include one or more crossbar buckles extending vertically from the top wall 422121 of the holder plate 42212. 42224, and the cross bar buckle 42224 of the buckle part 4222 is used to pass through the storage mesh 320 from top to bottom to buckle on the cross bar 321, thereby further fixing the clamping member 422 and helping to further improve the partition net assembly 420 Stability of holding with the storage mesh 320 .
- the cross bar buckle 42224 extends downward from the top wall 422121 of the holding plate 42212 to the holding groove 422123, so as to buckle with the cross bar 321 located in the holding groove 422123.
- the vertical rod buckle 42223 and the horizontal rod buckle 42224 of the present application both have buckle grooves that match the rods and guide slopes located below the buckle grooves, so as to facilitate the assembly of the partition net assembly 420 and storage.
- the vertical rods 322 and the horizontal rods 321 are guided by the guide slope to slide into the corresponding buckle grooves respectively to achieve a stable buckle connection.
- the retaining member 422 in the screen assembly 420 can be, but is not limited to, integrally formed from a material with a certain degree of flexibility, such as plastic, so that it is made of metal.
- the storage mesh 320 and the partition mesh 421 are not in direct contact to avoid scratching or damaging the mesh during disassembly and assembly.
- the present application provides a storage basket set and storage basket rack, which can be disassembled into multiple mesh pieces to avoid occupying a large storage space when idle and facilitate transportation or storage.
- One embodiment of the present application provides a storage basket rack 700, which may include a beam frame 100 and a storage basket set 220.
- the storage basket set 220 is detachably installed.
- the beam frame 100 is used for holding items.
- the storage basket set 220 of the present application may include at least one pair of hook mesh pieces 221 , the storage basket mesh piece 222 and one or more buckles 223 .
- the hooking mesh pieces 221 are used to be hooked on the mounting holes 11 of the beam frame 100 at intervals.
- the buckle part 223 is fixedly arranged on the storage basket mesh 222, and the storage basket mesh 222 is detachably buckled to the bottom of the hooking mesh 221 through the buckling part 223, so as to connect the adjacent hooking mesh 221.
- a storage space 2200 is formed therebetween for placing items.
- the hooking mesh 221 of the present application is hooked to the beam frame 100, and the storage basket mesh 222 is buckled to the hooking mesh 221 through the buckle 223 to form a space for placing items. storage space 2200, so when the storage basket rack 700 is idle, the hooking mesh piece 221 can be removed from the beam frame 100 first, and then the storage basket mesh piece 222 can be removed from the hooking mesh piece 221 to form a piece of storage space 2200.
- the meshes with a similar structure i.e., the hooking mesh 221 and the storage basket mesh 222) are convenient for stacking to reduce the occupied space, and are conducive to packaging, transportation or storage.
- the mounting holes 11 of the beam frame 100 of the present application are usually through holes opened when the beam frame 100 is processed and formed, in order to ensure that the beam frame 100 has a high load-bearing capacity and at the same time reduce the weight of the beam frame 100; therefore,
- the storage basket rack 700 of the present application can make full use of these through holes to realize the assembly of the storage basket set 220, without the need for secondary processing and transformation of the beam frame of the traditional storage system, so that the traditional storage system can have the function of mesh basket storage. functions in order to expand the use functions of traditional storage systems.
- the beam frame 100 may include a pair of vertical beams 10 spaced apart from each other on the left and right, wherein the vertical beams 10 have a support body 12 and a side plate 13 integrally connected to the support body 12, and the beam The mounting holes 11 of the rack 100 are located on the support body 12 of the vertical beam 10 , so that a pair of hooking mesh pieces 221 are respectively hooked on the mounting holes 11 on the support body 12 of the vertical beam 10 .
- the vertical beams 10 in the beam frame 100 of the present application can be made of, but are not limited to, steel materials such as channel steel, angle steel, I-shaped steel or H-shaped steel.
- the vertical beam 10 has a support body 12 and two side plates 13, where the two side plates 13 are respectively located on the left and right sides of the support body 12 to form a U.
- the support body 12 of the vertical beam 10 is provided with two rows of mounting holes 11 arranged side by side.
- the beam frame 100 may also include a cross beam 20 , wherein two ends of the cross beam 20 are respectively fixedly connected to two vertical beams 10 to enhance the structural stability of the beam frame 100 .
- the hook mesh 221 of the storage basket set 220 may include a side mesh 2211 and one or more hooks fixed at the rear of the side mesh 2211.
- the hanging piece 2212 is used to hang the side mesh 2211 from the mounting hole 11 of the beam frame 100 through the hooking piece 2212.
- the side mesh sheet 2211 of the present application can be spliced by multiple rods.
- the side mesh 2211 may include a first support rod 22111 and a plurality of side vertical rods 22112 , wherein the first support rod 22111 bends and extends to form a frame of the side mesh 2211 .
- the side vertical rods 22112 extend vertically and connect to the first support rod 22111 to form the side walls of the side mesh 2211. It can be understood that the side vertical rod 22112 and the first support rod 22111 may be connected together by, but are not limited to, welding.
- the outer diameter of the first support rod 22111 is generally larger than the outer diameter of the side vertical rod 22112 in order to provide better support force.
- the first support rod 22111 of the side mesh panel 2211 of the present application can be spliced by the vertically extending first vertical support rod 221111 and the longitudinally extending first longitudinal support rod 221112 That is to say, the extension direction of the first vertical support rod 221111 of the first support rod 22111 and the vertical beam 10 of the beam frame 100 are the same, both in the up and down direction as shown in Figure 42; accordingly, the first support The extension direction of the first longitudinal support rod 221112 of the rod 22111 is perpendicular to the extension direction of the vertical beam 10 and the cross beam 20 of the beam frame 100 at the same time, which is the front-to-back direction as shown in Figure 42.
- the hook 2212 of the mesh 221 may include a fixing part 22121 fixed on the first support rod 22111 of the side mesh 2211 and a self-fixing part 22121 bent backward.
- the hook 214 extends in a folded manner, wherein the hook 214 of the hook member 2212 is adapted to be inserted into the mounting hole 11 of the beam frame 100 to hook the beam frame 100, and the hook 214 is used to form the matching piece 201.
- the fixing part 22121 of the hook 2212 may include a fixing plate 221211 and a self-fixing fixing plate 221211 of the first vertical support rod 22111 of the first support rod 22111 of the side mesh 2211 .
- a pair of support plates 221212 extending rearwardly from the left and right sides of the plate 221211; at the same time, the hook 214 of the hook 2212 may include a pair of hanging arms 2141 extending rearwardly from the upper end of the support plate 221212 and a pair of hanging arms 2141 respectively extending from the upper end of the support plate 221212.
- a pair of hook arms 2142 extends downward from the hook arm 2141 to form a hook space between the hook arms 2142 and the corresponding support plate 221212. It can be understood that the distance between the two support plates 221212 in the fixed part 22121 of the hook 2212 is equal to the distance between the two rows of mounting holes 11 on the vertical beam 10 of the beam frame 100, so that two of the hooks 214 of the hook 2212 The two hooking arms 2141 are inserted into the corresponding mounting holes 11 respectively, so that the two hooking arms 2142 are respectively hooked out of the support body 12 of the vertical beam 10, thereby achieving stable hooking of the hooking mesh 221.
- the hook 2212 of the present application can be, but is not limited to, cut and stamped from a whole metal plate, so as to reduce the manufacturing difficulty of the hook 2212.
- the hook 2212 can also be injection molded from hard materials such as plastic, which will not be described again in this application.
- the storage basket mesh 222 may be composed of a plurality of rods that are crisscrossed and spliced.
- the storage basket mesh 222 may include a transversely extending bottom crossbar 2221 and a longitudinally extending bottom vertical bar 2222 , and the bottom crossbar 2221 and the bottom vertical bar 2222 may be, but are not limited to, welded. connected together.
- the buckle 223 of the storage basket set 220 may include a support beam 2231 laterally fixed to the bottom vertical bar 2222 of the storage basket mesh 222 and a support beam 2231 disposed on the support beam 2231 .
- the buckle grooves 2232 at both ends, where the buckle grooves 2232 of the buckle 223 match the first longitudinal support rod 221112 in the side mesh 2211 of the hook mesh 221, are used to accommodate and buckle on the first Longitudinal support rod 221112.
- the support beam 2231 of the buckle 223 of the present application can be, but is not limited to, welded below the bottom longitudinal bar 2222, and both ends of the support beam 2231 laterally extend out of the outermost bottom longitudinal bar 2222, In order to maximize the support of the storage basket mesh 222 and improve its load-bearing capacity, the two ends of the support beam 2231 can pass through the side mesh 2211 to be buckled with the first longitudinal support rod 221112 to avoid structural interference.
- the notch size of the buckling groove 2232 is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the first longitudinal support rod 221112, so that the buckling member 223 is slightly deformed at the notch position and firmly buckles the first longitudinal support rod 221112. , preventing the first longitudinal support rod 221112 from being unintentionally or accidentally disengaged from the buckle groove 2232, which helps to improve the overall structural stability of the storage basket 700.
- the storage basket set 220 may further include a front mesh 224, which is detachably installed on the front of the hook mesh 221 to
- the front wall of the storage space 2200 is formed to prevent items placed in the storage space 2200 from sliding out from the front of the storage basket mesh piece 222 and falling.
- the storage basket mesh 222 of the present application is regarded as the bottom wall of the storage space 2200, and the two hook meshes 221 are implemented as the left and right side walls of the storage space 2200, so that the storage basket rack 700 has an orientation.
- the storage opening on the storage basket rack 700 helps to increase the loading capacity of the storage basket rack 700 .
- the front mesh 224 can also be spliced by criss-crossing rods.
- the front mesh 224 may include a transversely extending front crossbar 2241 and a longitudinally extending front longitudinal bar 2242 , and the front crossbar 2241 and the front longitudinal bar 2242 may be welded. connected together.
- the front mesh 224 and the storage basket mesh 222 may be integrally formed; that is, the front longitudinal bar 2242 of the front mesh 224 may be formed from the storage basket mesh 222 .
- the bottom vertical rod 2222 integrally extends obliquely upward to enlarge the storage opening of the storage basket 700 and facilitate access to items. It can be understood that in other examples of this application, the front mesh 224 and the storage basket mesh 222 can also be separated, and the front mesh 224 can still be detachably installed on the hook net through buckles or other methods. Piece 221, which will not be described again in this application.
- the first support rod 22111 of the side mesh 2211 of the mesh 221 is recessed downward at the front of the side mesh 2211 to form a support rod 2241 that is opposite to the front crossbar 2241 .
- the front mesh 224 further includes limiting blocks 2243 provided at both ends of the front crossbar 2241, and the limiting blocks 2243 are located on the first support rod 22111 of the side mesh 2211. outside to restrict the front crossbar 2241 from laterally protruding from the overlapping groove 221113.
- the limiting blocks 2243 are provided at both ends of the front cross bar 2241, they will increase the end size of the front cross bar 2241 to be larger than the longitudinal size of the overlapping groove 221113, thereby allowing the front cross bar to 2241 is placed into the overlapping groove 221113 from top to bottom while preventing the front crossbar 2241 from laterally protruding from the overlapping groove 221113, which helps to improve the overall structural stability of the storage basket rack 700.
- the storage basket set 220 of the present application can further include a rear mesh 225.
- the rear mesh 225 is detachably installed at the rear of the hook mesh 221.
- the rear wall of the storage space 2200 is formed to prevent items placed in the storage space 2200 from sliding out from the rear of the storage basket mesh piece 222 and falling.
- the rear mesh 225 can also be spliced by horizontally and vertically staggered rods.
- the rear mesh 225 may include a laterally extending rear crossbar 2251 and a vertically extending rear vertical bar 2252 , and the rear crossbar 2251 and the rear vertical bar 2252 may pass through Connected together by welding.
- the hooking member 2212 for hooking the mesh 221 may further include a hooking hole 22123 provided on the fixing part 22121 , wherein the rear mesh 225 further includes a cross bar 2251 from the rear. Both ends of the hook arms 2253 integrally extend downward, and the hook arms 2253 of the rear mesh 225 are adapted to be inserted into the hook holes 22123 of the hook member 2212 to hook the rear mesh 225 on the hook mesh. 221 to form the rear wall of the storage space 2200.
- the hooking hole 22123 of the hooking part 2212 transversely penetrates the support plate 221212 of the fixing part 22121, so that the rear mesh 225 is located on the rear side of the side mesh 2211.
- the storage system 1000 may be a divided storage rack 600 , and the divided storage rack 600 may include a storage mesh 320 and a partition mesh assembly 420 .
- the storage system 1000 may be a shoe cabinet, wherein the shoe cabinet may include the above-mentioned shoe rack set 500 and the beam frame 100, wherein The rack set 500 is mounted on the beam frame 100 in a suspended manner for placing shoes.
- the beam frame 100 may include a vertical beam 10 provided with mounting holes 11 , and the shoe rack set 500
- the bracket 210 is provided with a hook 214 that matches the mounting hole 11 and is used for hanging on the mounting hole 11 of the vertical beam 10 .
- the beam frame 100 may further include a cross beam 20 connecting two vertical beams 10 to support the vertical beams 10 , which helps to improve the overall structural stability of the beam frame 100 .
- the upper edge of the bracket 210 in the shoe rack set 500 extends obliquely downward from the beam frame 100, so that the storage mesh 320 is arranged at an angle. Easy access to shoes. It can be understood that the inclined installation of the shoe rack set 500 of the present application relative to the beam frame 100 can be realized by the shape of the bracket 210 or the structure of the hook 214 on the bracket 210, which will not be described in detail in this application. .
Landscapes
- Assembled Shelves (AREA)
Abstract
An item placement system (1000), comprising vertical beams (10) and assembly structures (200); the vertical beams (10) are provided with mounting holes (11), the assembly structures (200) comprise fitting members (201) matching the mounting holes (11), and the assembly structures (200) are detachably mounted to the mounting holes (11) of the vertical beams (10) by means of the fitting members (201). In the item placement system (1000) provided in the present application, the vertical beams (10) and the assembly structurse (200) are detachably connected, so that during transportation, the vertical beams (10) and the assembly structures (200) can be disassembled and then transported, thereby reducing the transportation volume and decreasing transportation costs.
Description
相关申请Related applications
本申请要求2022年3月23日申请的,申请号为202220645198.9,发明名称为“隔网组件及分隔置物架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed on March 23, 2022, with the application number 202220645198.9 and the invention name "Network Partition Component and Partition Shelf", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
本申请要求2022年3月23日申请的,申请号为202220633995.5,发明名称为“鞋架组套和鞋柜”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed on March 23, 2022, with the application number 202220633995.5 and the invention name "Shoe Rack Set and Shoe Cabinet", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
本申请要求2022年3月23日申请的,申请号为202220647477.9,发明名称为“置物篮组套和置物篮架”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed on March 23, 2022, with the application number 202220647477.9 and the invention name "Storage Basket Set and Storage Basket Rack", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
本申请涉及置物系统技术领域,特别是涉及置物系统。This application relates to the technical field of storage systems, in particular to storage systems.
随着生活与工作的需求,我们的物品种类繁多,对存放物品的置物系统的需求也越来越大。传统的用于储放、展示的置物系统如橱柜、箱柜等难以拆卸运输,造成了运输成本的增加,并且难以满足人们日益个性化的储存需求。With the demands of life and work, we have a wide variety of items, and the demand for storage systems for storing items is also increasing. Traditional storage systems such as cabinets and boxes used for storage and display are difficult to disassemble and transport, which increases transportation costs and makes it difficult to meet people's increasingly personalized storage needs.
发明内容Contents of the invention
根据本申请的各种实施例,提供一种置物系统。According to various embodiments of the present application, a storage system is provided.
一种置物系统,包括竖梁及装配结构,所述竖梁上开设有安装孔,所述装配结构包括与所述安装孔相匹配的配合件,所述装配结构通过所述配合件可拆卸地安装于所述竖梁的所述安装孔。A storage system includes a vertical beam and an assembly structure. The vertical beam is provided with a mounting hole. The assembly structure includes a fitting that matches the mounting hole. The assembly structure is detachably connected through the fitting. Installed on the mounting hole of the vertical beam.
在其中一个实施例中,所述置物系统还包括承载结构,所述承载结构用于承载物品,所述承载结构连接于所述装配结构,并通过所述装配结构可拆卸地安装于所述竖梁。In one embodiment, the storage system further includes a load-bearing structure, the load-bearing structure is used to load items, the load-bearing structure is connected to the assembly structure, and is detachably installed on the vertical wall through the assembly structure. Liang.
在其中一个实施例中,所述装配结构包括支架,所述支架上凸设有挂钩,所述挂钩用于勾挂于所述竖梁的所述安装孔。In one embodiment, the assembly structure includes a bracket, a hook is protruding from the bracket, and the hook is used to hook into the mounting hole of the vertical beam.
在其中一个实施例中,所述承载结构包括置物网片及卡接件,所述置物网片包括纵横交错地连接的多个杆件,用于放置物品。In one embodiment, the load-bearing structure includes a storage mesh and a clamping member. The storage mesh includes a plurality of rods connected in a crisscross manner for placing items.
在其中一个实施例中,所述承载结构还包括卡接件,所述卡接件包括用于夹持于所述支架的夹持部和自所述夹持部横向延伸的卡扣部,并且所述卡扣部用于卡接所述置物网片的所述杆件,以通过所述卡接件将所述置物网片卡接于所述支架。In one embodiment, the load-bearing structure further includes a clamping member, the clamping member includes a clamping portion for clamping to the bracket and a buckling portion extending transversely from the clamping portion, and The buckle portion is used to buckle the rod member of the storage mesh piece, so as to clamp the storage mesh piece to the bracket through the clamping member.
在其中一个实施例中,所述卡接件的所述卡扣部包括与所述夹持部一体地连接的卡接板和被设置于所述卡接板的卡接槽,所述卡扣部的所述卡接槽的槽口尺寸小于所述杆件的外径尺寸,其中所述卡扣部的所述卡接槽与所述置物网片的所述杆件相匹配,以将所述杆件卡接在所述卡扣部的所述卡接槽内;In one embodiment, the buckle part of the buckle component includes a buckle plate integrally connected with the clamping part and a buckle groove provided on the buckle plate, and the buckle The notch size of the buckle groove of the part is smaller than the outer diameter of the rod, wherein the buckle groove of the buckle part matches the rod of the storage mesh, so as to connect the The rod is clamped in the clamping groove of the clamping part;
所述卡接槽在所述卡接板上纵向延伸,并且多个所述卡接槽被横向排布于所述卡接板,以分别卡接所述杆件中不同的纵杆。The clamping groove extends longitudinally on the clamping plate, and a plurality of the clamping slots are arranged transversely on the clamping plate to respectively clamp different vertical rods in the rod member.
在其中一个实施例中,所述卡接件的所述夹持部包括自所述卡扣部纵向延伸的一对夹持臂,以在所述夹持臂之间形成用于夹持所述支架的夹持空间,所述支架设有与所述卡接件的所述夹持部相匹配的限位槽,并且所述卡接件的所述夹持部用于夹持于所述支架的所述限位槽,所述支架进一步设有与所述限位槽邻近的限位孔,其中所述卡接件的所述夹持部包括自所述夹持臂的内侧面凸起的限位体,并且所述卡接件中的所述限位体与所述限位孔相匹配,以在所述卡接件的所述夹持部夹持于所述支架的所述限位槽时,所述夹持部的所述限位体嵌入所述支架的所述限位孔。In one embodiment, the clamping portion of the clamping member includes a pair of clamping arms extending longitudinally from the clamping portion to form a clamping arm between the clamping arms. The clamping space of the bracket, the bracket is provided with a limiting groove that matches the clamping portion of the clamping member, and the clamping portion of the clamping member is used to clamp the bracket The limiting groove, the bracket is further provided with a limiting hole adjacent to the limiting groove, wherein the clamping portion of the clamping member includes a protruding from the inner side of the clamping arm. a limiting body, and the limiting body in the clamping member matches the limiting hole so as to be clamped to the limiting member of the bracket at the clamping portion of the clamping member slot, the limiting body of the clamping part is embedded in the limiting hole of the bracket.
在其中一个实施例中,所述卡接件由塑性材料制备而成,所述支架设有与所述置物网片的所述杆件中的横杆相匹配的勾槽,用于勾挂所述杆件中的所述横杆,所述承载结构进一步包括搁板本体和端盖本体,其中所述搁板本体用于被盖设于所述置物网片的上方,并且所述端盖本体用于被设置于所述置物网片的侧方。In one embodiment, the clamping member is made of plastic material, and the bracket is provided with hook grooves that match the cross bars of the rods of the storage mesh for hooking all the items. The cross bar in the rod member, the load-bearing structure further includes a shelf body and an end cover body, wherein the shelf body is used to be covered above the storage mesh, and the end cover body It is used to be arranged on the side of the storage mesh.
在其中一个实施例中,所述承载结构还包括置物搁板,所述置物搁板用于装配于置物网架,所述置物搁板包括:搁板本体,所述搁板本体具有纵向排布的多个成型孔、被限位定型的至少两个定型槽以及用于与置物网架配合的配合槽,多个所述成型孔横向地贯穿所述搁板本体的左端面和右端面,至少两个所述定型槽被定位地分布于多个所述成型孔之间;和端盖本体,所述端盖本体包括端盖板体和凸设于所
述端盖板体的至少两个端盖插件,所述端盖本体的所述端盖插件一一对应地插接于所述搁板本体的所述定型槽,以通过所述端盖板体遮盖所述搁板本体的所述左端面或所述右端面。In one embodiment, the load-bearing structure further includes a storage shelf, the storage shelf is used to be assembled on a storage grid, the storage shelf includes: a shelf body, the shelf body has a longitudinal arrangement A plurality of molded holes, at least two shaped grooves that are limited and shaped, and a matching groove used to cooperate with the storage grid. The plurality of molded holes transversely penetrate the left end surface and the right end surface of the shelf body, at least Two of the shaping grooves are positioned and distributed between the plurality of shaping holes; and an end cover body, the end cover body includes an end cover plate body and a protruding portion on the At least two end cover plug-ins of the end cover plate body, the end cover plug-ins of the end cover body are inserted into the shaping grooves of the shelf body in one-to-one correspondence, so as to pass through the end cover plate body Cover the left end surface or the right end surface of the shelf body.
在其中一个实施例中,所述搁板本体具有相对布置的上表面和下表面,所述搁板本体的所述配合槽的槽口朝下,用于卡扣在置物网架的上方;所述搁板本体的所述定型槽包括槽腔和与所述槽腔连通的槽口,所述槽腔横向地贯穿所述搁板本体的所述左端面和所述右端面,所述槽口位于所述搁板本体的所述下表面;所述定型槽中所述槽口的横向尺寸等于所述槽腔的横向尺寸,且所述槽口的纵向尺寸小于所述槽腔的纵向尺寸。In one embodiment, the shelf body has an upper surface and a lower surface arranged oppositely, and the notch of the matching groove of the shelf body is downward for buckling above the storage grid; The shaped groove of the shelf body includes a groove cavity and a notch connected to the groove cavity. The groove cavity transversely penetrates the left end surface and the right end surface of the shelf body. The notch mouth Located on the lower surface of the shelf body; the transverse size of the notch in the shaping groove is equal to the transverse size of the slot cavity, and the longitudinal size of the notch is smaller than the longitudinal size of the slot cavity.
在其中一个实施例中,所述端盖本体中的每个所述端盖插件包括自所述端盖板体一体地横向延伸的一对插接臂,两个所述插接臂被间隔地分布于所述端盖板体,且两个所述插接臂之间的上端间距大于两个所述插接臂之间的下端间距;每个所述端盖插件进一步包括自所述端盖板体一体地横向延伸的一对加强筋,所述加强筋一体地连接于对应的所述插接臂;每个所述端盖插件中的两个所述加强筋位于两个所述插接臂之间,且所述加强筋处于对应的所述插接臂的中部。In one embodiment, each of the end cap inserts in the end cap body includes a pair of plug-in arms integrally and transversely extending from the end cap plate body, and the two plug-in arms are spaced apart. Distributed on the end cover plate body, and the upper end distance between the two plug-in arms is greater than the lower end distance between the two plug-in arms; each end cover plug-in further includes: A pair of reinforcing ribs extending transversely of the plate body integrally, the reinforcing ribs integrally connected to the corresponding plug-in arms; two of the reinforcing ribs in each end cover plug-in are located on two of the plug-in connectors between the arms, and the reinforcing rib is located in the middle of the corresponding plug-in arm.
在其中一个实施例中,所述承载结构还包括隔网组件,所述隔网组件用于分隔所述置物网片,所述隔网组件包括:隔网片;和卡持件,其中所述卡持件包括与所述隔网片连接的搭持部和自所述搭持部一体延伸的卡扣部,其中所述卡持件中的所述搭持部用于搭持在置物网片的杆件的上方,并且所述卡扣部用于卡扣于置物网片的杆件的下方,以将所述隔网片卡持于置物网片而分隔置物网片的置物区域。In one embodiment, the load-bearing structure further includes a mesh component, the mesh component is used to separate the storage mesh, the mesh component includes: a mesh piece; and a clamping member, wherein the The clamping member includes a clamping portion connected to the partitioning mesh and a buckling portion integrally extending from the clamping portion, wherein the clamping portion of the clamping member is used to clamp the storage mesh. above the rod, and the buckle part is used to buckle under the rod of the storage mesh, so as to hold the partition mesh on the storage mesh and separate the storage area of the storage mesh.
在其中一个实施例中,所述卡持件的所述搭持部横向延伸,用于搭持于置物网片的纵杆,其中所述卡持件的所述卡扣部自所述搭持部倾斜地竖向延伸,用于卡扣于置物网片的横杆;所述卡持件的所述搭持部包括自所述隔网片横向地向左和向右延伸的一对搭持臂,其中向左延伸的所述搭持臂用于越过且搭持于置物网片上位于所述隔网片左侧的一个或多个纵杆,并且向右延伸的所述搭持臂用于越过且搭持于置物网片上位于所述隔网片右侧的一个或多个纵杆;所述卡持件的所述卡扣部包括分别自所述搭持臂斜向下延伸的一对卡扣臂,并且所述卡扣部的所述卡扣臂用于自上向下穿过置物网片以卡扣于横杆。In one embodiment, the latching portion of the latching member extends transversely for latching on the vertical rod of the storage mesh, wherein the buckling portion of the latching member extends from the latching portion. The latching part of the latching member includes a pair of latching parts extending laterally to the left and right from the partition mesh. arm, wherein the holding arm extending to the left is used to cross over and hold one or more longitudinal rods on the left side of the partition mesh on the storage net, and the holding arm extending to the right is used to Cross over and hold one or more vertical rods on the right side of the partition mesh on the storage mesh; the buckle portion of the holding member includes a pair of obliquely extending downwards from the holding arms. The buckle arm, and the buckle arm of the buckle part is used to pass through the storage mesh from top to bottom to buckle with the cross bar.
在其中一个实施例中,两个所述卡持件分别被固定于所述隔网片的前后两端,其中位于前端的所述卡持件中所述卡扣部的所述卡扣臂自所述搭持臂向前倾斜地延伸,用于向前卡扣于置物网片上靠前的横杆,并且位于后端的所述卡持件中所述卡扣部的所述卡扣臂自所述搭持臂向后倾斜地延伸,用于向后卡扣于置物网片上靠后的横杆;位于前端的所述卡持件中所述卡扣部进一步包括自所述卡扣臂向后倾斜地延伸的前引导臂;并且位于后端的所述卡持件中所述卡扣部进一步包括自所述卡扣臂向后延伸的后勾臂。In one of the embodiments, the two clamping members are respectively fixed to the front and rear ends of the mesh sheet, and the buckling arm of the buckling portion of the clamping piece located at the front end automatically The holding arm extends forward obliquely and is used to buckle forward to the front cross bar on the storage mesh, and the buckling arm of the buckling part in the holding piece at the rear end is free from the The holding arm extends obliquely backward and is used to buckle backward on the rear cross bar on the storage mesh; the buckling part of the holding member located at the front end further includes a buckling arm extending backward from the buckling arm. a front guide arm that extends obliquely; and the buckle portion of the holder located at the rear end further includes a rear hook arm extending rearwardly from the buckle arm.
在其中一个实施例中,所述卡持件的所述搭持部纵向延伸,用于搭持于置物网片的横杆,其中所述卡持件的所述卡扣部自所述搭持部竖向延伸,用于卡扣于置物网片的纵杆;所述卡持件的所述搭持部包括用于插接所述隔网片的搭持板,并且所述搭持板纵向延伸用于越过且搭持于置物网片上两个或两个以上的横杆;其中所述卡持件的所述卡扣部包括分别自所述搭持板的左右两侧竖向延伸的一对或多对纵向卡扣,并且所述纵向卡扣分别用于自上向下穿过置物网片以卡扣于置物网片上相邻的两个纵杆。In one embodiment, the latching portion of the latching member extends longitudinally for latching on the cross bar of the storage mesh, wherein the buckling portion of the latching member extends from the latching portion. The latching part of the latching member includes a latching plate for inserting the partition mesh, and the latching plate is longitudinally Extending to cross over and catch two or more horizontal bars on the storage mesh; wherein the buckle portion of the holding member includes a pair of vertical bars extending vertically from the left and right sides of the holding plate respectively. One or more pairs of longitudinal buckles, and the longitudinal buckles are respectively used to pass through the storage mesh from top to bottom to buckle on two adjacent vertical bars on the storage mesh.
在其中一个实施例中,所述竖梁包括第一竖梁、第二竖梁及竖梁拼接件,所述竖梁拼接件用于将所述第一竖梁端对端地拼接于所述第二竖梁;其中,所述竖梁拼接件包括:连接件,其中所述连接件具有用于与第一竖梁连接的连接部和自所述连接部延伸的限位部,并且所述限位部设有用于与第一竖梁的表面和第二竖梁的表面相匹配的限位面;和限位件,其中所述限位件被设置于所述连接件的所述限位部,用于将第二竖梁端对端地抵接于第一竖梁,并使第一竖梁的表面和第二竖梁的表面同时贴合于所述限位部的所述限位面。In one embodiment, the vertical beam includes a first vertical beam, a second vertical beam and a vertical beam splicing piece. The vertical beam splicing piece is used to splice the first vertical beam to the end-to-end. a second vertical beam; wherein the vertical beam splicing piece includes: a connecting piece, wherein the connecting piece has a connecting part for connecting with the first vertical beam and a limiting part extending from the connecting part, and the The limiting part is provided with a limiting surface for matching the surface of the first vertical beam and the surface of the second vertical beam; and a limiting part, wherein the limiting part is provided on the limiting part of the connecting member part for abutting the second vertical beam end-to-end against the first vertical beam, and making the surface of the first vertical beam and the surface of the second vertical beam fit against the limiting portion of the limiting portion at the same time noodle.
在其中一个实施例中,所述连接件的所述限位部为用于提供平整的所述限位面的限位板,并且所述连接部为自所述限位板的所述限位面横向延伸的连接柱,用于对应地插接于第一竖梁的基壁上的安装孔,其中所述限位件为自所述限位板的所述限位面横向延伸的限位柱,用于对应地插接于第二竖梁的基壁上的安装孔,使得所述限位板的所述限位面用于贴合于第一竖梁和第二竖梁的基壁表面;所述连接件中的所述连接柱和所述限位柱均自所述限位板的所述限位面一体地横向延伸。In one embodiment, the limiting portion of the connecting piece is a limiting plate used to provide a flat limiting surface, and the connecting portion is the limiting portion from the limiting plate. A connecting column extending transversely is used to be correspondingly plugged into the installation hole on the base wall of the first vertical beam, wherein the limiter is a limiter extending laterally from the limiter surface of the limiter plate. The column is used to be plugged into the mounting hole on the base wall of the second vertical beam correspondingly, so that the limiting surface of the limiting plate is used to fit the base wall of the first vertical beam and the second vertical beam. surface; the connecting post and the limiting post in the connecting piece both extend laterally and integrally from the limiting surface of the limiting plate.
在其中一个实施例中,所述连接件的所述限位部为用于贴合于第一竖梁和第二竖梁的基壁表面的限位架,并且所述连接部为自所述限位架的一端部向外凸起的连接块,用于嵌入第一竖梁的侧壁上的第二
卡槽,其中所述限位件被设置于所述限位架的另一端部,用于插入第二竖梁的侧壁上的第一卡槽;所述限位件为用于与第二竖梁的第一卡槽相适配的限位杆,并且所述连接件的所述限位架的所述另一端部开设有与所述限位杆相匹配的第一通孔,用于使所述限位杆通过所述第一通孔贯穿所述限位架以插入第二竖梁的第一卡槽。In one embodiment, the limiting portion of the connecting member is a limiting frame used to fit on the base wall surface of the first vertical beam and the second vertical beam, and the connecting portion is formed from the A connecting block protruding outward at one end of the limiting frame is used to embed the second connecting block on the side wall of the first vertical beam. card slot, wherein the limiter is provided at the other end of the limiter frame and is used to insert into the first card slot on the side wall of the second vertical beam; the limiter is used to communicate with the second vertical beam A limit rod matching the first slot of the vertical beam, and the other end of the limit frame of the connecting member is provided with a first through hole matching the limit rod for The limiting rod penetrates the limiting frame through the first through hole to be inserted into the first slot of the second vertical beam.
在其中一个实施例中,所述竖梁包括支撑体,所述支撑体上具有至少三列沿着所述支撑体宽度方向间隔布设的安装位,每一列所述安装位包括多个安装孔,沿所述支撑体宽度方向至少设置有两个安装部,每个所述安装部由一个或多个所述安装孔形成,所述安装部用于配合外接安装件;两个侧板,两个所述侧板分别固设于所述支撑体的两侧边,所述支撑体包括第一面及与所述第一面相背的第二面,两个所述侧板均凸出于所述第一面。In one embodiment, the vertical beam includes a support body, and the support body has at least three rows of mounting positions spaced apart along the width direction of the support body, and each row of the mounting positions includes a plurality of mounting holes, At least two mounting parts are provided along the width direction of the support body, each of the mounting parts is formed by one or more mounting holes, and the mounting parts are used to cooperate with external mounting parts; two side plates, two The side plates are respectively fixed on both sides of the support body. The support body includes a first side and a second side opposite to the first side. Both side plates protrude from the Side one.
在其中一个实施例中,所述支撑体还包括加强筋,所述加强筋设置于相邻两列所述安装位之间,且所述加强筋沿所述支撑体长度方向延伸。所述侧板、所述加强筋及所述支撑体一体设置。In one embodiment, the support body further includes reinforcing ribs, the reinforcing ribs are arranged between two adjacent rows of the mounting positions, and the reinforcing ribs extend along the length direction of the support body. The side plate, the reinforcing rib and the support body are integrally provided.
本申请的一个或多个实施例的细节在下面的附图和描述中提出。本申请的其它特征、目的和优点将从说明书、附图以及权利要求书变得明显。The details of one or more embodiments of the application are set forth in the accompanying drawings and the description below. Other features, objects and advantages of the application will become apparent from the description, drawings and claims.
为了更好地描述和说明这里公开的那些发明的实施例和/或示例,可以参考一幅或多幅附图。用于描述附图的附加细节或示例不应当被认为是对所公开的发明、目前描述的实施例和/或示例以及目前理解的这些发明的最佳模式中的任何一者的范围的限制。To better describe and illustrate embodiments and/or examples of those inventions disclosed herein, reference may be made to one or more of the accompanying drawings. The additional details or examples used to describe the drawings should not be construed as limiting the scope of any of the disclosed inventions, the embodiments and/or examples presently described, and the best modes currently understood of these inventions.
图1为本申请的一个实施例提供的置物系统的立体示意图。Figure 1 is a schematic three-dimensional view of a storage system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图2为图1中部分结构的立体示意图。Figure 2 is a schematic three-dimensional view of part of the structure in Figure 1.
图3示出了根据本申请的上述实施例的置物系统的爆炸示意图。FIG. 3 shows an exploded schematic diagram of the storage system according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
图4示出了根据本申请的如图3所示的置物系统中局部P的放大示意图。FIG. 4 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of part P in the storage system shown in FIG. 3 according to the present application.
图5示出了根据本申请的如图3所示的置物系统中局部Q的放大示意图。FIG. 5 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of the local Q in the storage system shown in FIG. 3 according to the present application.
图6示出了根据本申请的上述实施例的置物系统的剖视示意图。Figure 6 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the storage system according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
图7示出了根据本申请的上述实施例的置物系统中置物搁板的爆炸示意图。FIG. 7 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a storage shelf in the storage system according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
图8示出了根据本申请的上述实施例的置物搁板中搁板本体的局部放大示意图。FIG. 8 shows a partially enlarged schematic view of the shelf body of the storage shelf according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
图9示出了根据本申请的上述实施例的置物搁板中端盖本体的局部放大示意图。FIG. 9 shows a partially enlarged schematic view of the end cover body of the storage shelf according to the above embodiment of the present application.
图10示出了根据本申请的上述实施例的置物搁板的立体剖视示意图。FIG. 10 shows a schematic three-dimensional cross-sectional view of the storage shelf according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
图11示出了根据本申请的上述实施例的置物系统中置物网架的爆炸示意图。Figure 11 shows an exploded schematic diagram of the storage grid in the storage system according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application.
图12示出了根据本申请的上述实施例的置物网架中卡固连接件的立体放大示意图。FIG. 12 shows an enlarged three-dimensional view of the clamping connector in the storage rack according to the above embodiment of the present application.
图13为本申请竖梁的一个实施例的结构示意图。Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the vertical beam of the present application.
图14为图13中竖梁的另一视角的结构示意图。Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of the vertical beam in Figure 13 from another perspective.
图15为图14中X部放大示意图。Fig. 15 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the X portion in Fig. 14.
图16为图14中Y部放大示意图。Figure 16 is an enlarged schematic diagram of part Y in Figure 14.
图17为本申请竖梁的另一个实施例的结构示意图。Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the vertical beam of the present application.
图18为图14中L部放大示意图。Fig. 18 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the L portion in Fig. 14.
图19为本申请竖梁的另一个实施例的结构示意图。Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the vertical beam of the present application.
图20为图19中M部放大示意图。Figure 20 is an enlarged schematic diagram of part M in Figure 19.
图21为本申请竖梁的另一个实施例的结构示意图。Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the vertical beam of the present application.
图22为图21中N部放大示意图。Figure 22 is an enlarged schematic diagram of part N in Figure 21.
图23为本申请竖梁的另一个实施例的结构示意图。Figure 23 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the vertical beam of the present application.
图24为图23中竖梁的第一视角结构示意图。Figure 24 is a schematic structural diagram of the vertical beam in Figure 23 from a first perspective.
图25为图23中竖梁的第二视角结构示意图。Figure 25 is a schematic structural diagram of the vertical beam in Figure 23 from a second perspective.
图26为本身其一个实施例提供的竖梁的立体示意图。Figure 26 is a three-dimensional schematic view of a vertical beam provided by one embodiment of the invention.
图27为本申请的一个实施例提供的拼接梁的立体示意图。Figure 27 is a three-dimensional schematic view of a spliced beam provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图28示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的拼接梁的爆炸示意图。
Figure 28 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a spliced beam according to one embodiment of the present application.
图29示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的拼接梁的一个变形实施方式。Figure 29 shows a modified embodiment of a spliced beam according to an embodiment of the present application.
图30为根据本申请的另一个实施例的拼接梁的立体示意图。Figure 30 is a perspective view of a spliced beam according to another embodiment of the present application.
图31示出了根据本申请的另一个实施例的拼接梁的爆炸示意图。Figure 31 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a spliced beam according to another embodiment of the present application.
图32示出了根据本申请的另一个实施例的拼接梁的一个变形示例。Figure 32 shows a deformation example of a spliced beam according to another embodiment of the present application.
图33示出了根据本申请的另一个实施例的拼接梁的一个变形示例。Figure 33 shows a deformation example of a spliced beam according to another embodiment of the present application.
图34为本申请的一个实施例提供的置物系统置物系统的立体示意图。Figure 34 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of a storage system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图35示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的置物系统的爆炸示意图。Figure 35 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a storage system according to one embodiment of the present application.
图36示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的置物系统中局部R的放大示意图。Figure 36 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of part R in the storage system according to an embodiment of the present application.
图37示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的置物系统的横向剖视示意图。Figure 37 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a storage system according to an embodiment of the present application.
图38示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的置物系统的纵向剖视示意图。Figure 38 shows a schematic longitudinal cross-sectional view of a storage system according to an embodiment of the present application.
图39示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的置物系统中支架的放大示意图。Figure 39 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of a bracket in a storage system according to an embodiment of the present application.
图40示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的置物系统中卡接件的放大示意图。FIG. 40 shows an enlarged schematic view of a clamping member in a storage system according to an embodiment of the present application.
图41示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的鞋柜的一个应用示例。Figure 41 shows an application example of a shoe cabinet according to an embodiment of the present application.
图42为本申请的一个实施例提供的置物篮架的立体示意图。Figure 42 is a schematic three-dimensional view of a storage basket provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图43示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的置物篮架中置物篮组套的爆炸示意图。Figure 43 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a basket set in a basket rack according to one embodiment of the present application.
图44示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的置物篮架的剖视放大示意图。Figure 44 shows an enlarged schematic cross-sectional view of a storage basket rack according to an embodiment of the present application.
图45示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的置物篮组套中勾挂件的放大示意图。Figure 45 shows an enlarged schematic view of the hook in the storage basket set according to an embodiment of the present application.
图46示出了图1中局部D的放大示意图。FIG. 46 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of part D in FIG. 1 .
图47示出了图1中局部B的放大示意图。FIG. 47 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of part B in FIG. 1 .
图48示出了图1中局部C的放大示意图。FIG. 48 shows an enlarged schematic diagram of part C in FIG. 1 .
图49为本申请一个实施例中支撑组套的使用状态示意图。Figure 49 is a schematic diagram of the use state of the support assembly in one embodiment of the present application.
图50为图49另一视角下的结构示意图。Figure 50 is a schematic structural diagram of Figure 49 from another perspective.
图51为图49另一视角下的结构示意图。Figure 51 is a schematic structural diagram of Figure 49 from another perspective.
图52为图49中固定件的拆解示意图。Fig. 52 is a disassembled schematic view of the fixing member in Fig. 49.
图53为本申请另一个实施例中支撑组套的结构示意图。Figure 53 is a schematic structural diagram of a support assembly in another embodiment of the present application.
图54为图53另一视角下的结构示意图。Figure 54 is a schematic structural diagram of Figure 53 from another perspective.
图55为图53中固定件的结构示意图。Fig. 55 is a schematic structural diagram of the fixing member in Fig. 53.
图56为本申请另一个实施例中支撑组套的结构示意图。Figure 56 is a schematic structural diagram of a support assembly in another embodiment of the present application.
图57为本申请另一个实施例中支撑组套的结构示意图。Figure 57 is a schematic structural diagram of a support assembly in another embodiment of the present application.
图58为本申请另一个实施例中固定件的结构示意图。Figure 58 is a schematic structural diagram of a fixing member in another embodiment of the present application.
图59为本申请另一个实施例中支撑组套的结构示意图。Figure 59 is a schematic structural diagram of a support assembly in another embodiment of the present application.
图60为本申请另一个实施例中固定件的结构示意图。Figure 60 is a schematic structural diagram of a fixing member in another embodiment of the present application.
图61为图60中的爆炸结构示意图。Figure 61 is a schematic diagram of the explosion structure in Figure 60.
图62为本申请另一个实施例中支撑组套的结构示意图。Figure 62 is a schematic structural diagram of a support assembly in another embodiment of the present application.
图63为本申请的一个实施例提供的分隔置物架的立体示意图。Figure 63 is a three-dimensional schematic view of a divided storage rack according to an embodiment of the present application.
图64示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的分隔置物架的爆炸示意图。Figure 64 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a divided storage rack according to one embodiment of the present application.
图65示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的分隔置物架中局部E的放大示意图。Figure 65 shows an enlarged schematic view of part E of the divided storage rack according to one embodiment of the present application.
图66示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的分隔置物架中局部F的放大示意图。Figure 66 shows an enlarged schematic view of part F in the divided storage rack according to one embodiment of the present application.
图67示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的分隔置物架的一个示例。Figure 67 shows an example of a divided storage rack according to an embodiment of the present application.
图68示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的分隔置物架的一个变形实施方式。Figure 68 shows a modified embodiment of a divided storage rack according to an embodiment of the present application.
图69示出了根据本申请的一个变形实施方式的分隔置物架的爆炸示意图。Figure 69 shows an exploded schematic diagram of a divided storage rack according to a modified embodiment of the present application.
图70示出了根据本申请的一个变形实施方式的分隔置物架中卡持件的放大示意图。Fig. 70 shows an enlarged schematic view of a holder in a divided storage rack according to a modified embodiment of the present application.
图71示出了根据本申请的一个变形实施方式的分隔置物架的横向剖视示意图。Figure 71 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of a divided storage rack according to a modified embodiment of the present application.
图72示出了根据本申请的一个变形实施方式的分隔置物架的纵向剖视示意图。Figure 72 shows a schematic longitudinal cross-sectional view of a divided storage rack according to a modified embodiment of the present application.
100、梁架;10、竖梁;101、第一竖梁;102、第二竖梁;11、安装孔;12、支撑体;121、第一面;122、第二面;13、侧板;131、第一卡槽;132、第二卡槽;133、第三卡槽;134、本体部;135、卡接
部;14、加强筋;15、竖梁拼接件;151、连接件;1501、连接部;1511、连接柱;1512、连接片;1513、连接块;152、限位部;1520、限位面;1521、限位板;1522、限位架;15220、第一通孔;153、螺钉孔;154、限位件;1541、限位柱;1542、限位片;1543、限位杆;1544、限位耳;20、横梁;50、固定孔;200、装配结构;201、配合件;210、支架;211、限位槽;212、限位孔;213、勾槽;214、挂钩;2141、挂持臂;2142、勾持臂;220、置物篮组套;2200、置物空间;221、勾挂网片;2211、侧网片;22111、第一支撑杆;221111、第一竖向支撑杆;221112、第一纵向支撑杆;221113、搭接槽;22112、侧部竖杆;2212、勾挂件;22121、固定部;221211、固定板;221212、支撑板;22123、勾挂孔;222、置物篮网片;2221、底部横杆;2222、底部纵杆;223、卡扣件;2231、支撑梁;2232、卡扣槽;224、前网片;2241、前部横杆;2242、前部纵杆;2243、限位块;225、后网片;2251、后部横杆;2252、后部竖杆;2253、勾挂臂;230、支撑组套;231、支撑组件;2311、基座;300、承载结构;320、置物网片;3200、杆件;321、横杆;322、纵杆;330、卡接件;331、夹持部;3310、夹持空间;3311、夹持臂;3312、限位体;332、卡扣部;3321、卡接板;3322、卡接槽;360、置物搁板;361、搁板本体;3601、左端面;3602、右端面;3603、上表面;3604、下表面;3611、成型孔;3612、定型槽;36121、槽腔;36122、槽口;3613、配合槽;362、端盖本体;3621、端盖板体;3622、端盖插件;36221、插接臂;36222、加强筋;370、卡固连接件;371、承托体;372、下卡接臂;373、上卡接臂;380、固定件;381、连接结构;3811、第一架体;3812、第二架体;3813、定位件;3814、第一片;3815、第二片;3816、第三片;3817、连接槽;382、防脱结构;3821、支撑片;38211、卡接块;383、加强件;390、承载件;420、隔网组件;421、隔网片;4211、第二支撑杆;42111、第二纵向支撑杆;42112、第二竖向支撑杆;4212、竖杆;422、卡持件;4221、搭持部;42211、搭持臂;42212、搭持板;422121、顶壁;422122、侧壁;422123、搭持槽;422124、形变孔;4222、卡扣部;42221、卡扣臂;42223、纵杆卡扣;42224、横杆卡扣;422a、前卡持件;4221a、前搭持部;42211a、前搭持臂;4222a、前卡扣部;42221a、前卡扣臂;42222a、前引导臂;422b、后卡持件;4221b、后搭持部;42211b、后搭持臂;4222b、后卡扣部;42221b、后卡扣臂;42222b、后勾臂;500、鞋架组套;600、分隔置物架;700、置物篮架;800、竖梁组件;810、拼接梁;1000、置物系统。100. Beam frame; 10. Vertical beam; 101. First vertical beam; 102. Second vertical beam; 11. Mounting hole; 12. Support body; 121. First side; 122. Second side; 13. Side plate ; 131. First card slot; 132. Second card slot; 133. Third card slot; 134. Body part; 135. Snap connection 14. Reinforcing ribs; 15. Vertical beam splices; 151. Connectors; 1501. Connecting parts; 1511. Connecting columns; 1512. Connecting pieces; 1513. Connecting blocks; 152. Limiting parts; 1520. Limiting surfaces ; 1521. Limiting plate; 1522. Limiting frame; 15220. First through hole; 153. Screw hole; 154. Limiting piece; 1541. Limiting column; 1542. Limiting piece; 1543. Limiting rod; 1544 , limit ear; 20, cross beam; 50, fixing hole; 200, assembly structure; 201, matching parts; 210, bracket; 211, limit groove; 212, limit hole; 213, hook groove; 214, hook; 2141 , hanging arm; 2142, hook arm; 220, storage basket set; 2200, storage space; 221, hook mesh; 2211, side mesh; 22111, first support rod; 221111, first vertical support Rod; 221112, first longitudinal support rod; 221113, overlapping groove; 22112, side vertical rod; 2212, hook hanging piece; 22121, fixed part; 221211, fixed plate; 221212, support plate; 22123, hook hole; 222 , Storage basket mesh; 2221, bottom cross bar; 2222, bottom vertical bar; 223, buckle; 2231, support beam; 2232, snap groove; 224, front mesh; 2241, front cross bar; 2242, Front longitudinal bar; 2243, limit block; 225, rear mesh; 2251, rear cross bar; 2252, rear vertical bar; 2253, hook arm; 230, support set; 231, support assembly; 2311, Base; 300, load-bearing structure; 320, storage mesh; 3200, rod; 321, horizontal rod; 322, vertical rod; 330, clamping piece; 331, clamping part; 3310, clamping space; 3311, clamp Arm; 3312, limiting body; 332, snap portion; 3321, snap plate; 3322, snap slot; 360, storage shelf; 361, shelf body; 3601, left end surface; 3602, right end surface; 3603 , upper surface; 3604, lower surface; 3611, forming hole; 3612, shaping groove; 36121, groove cavity; 36122, notch; 3613, matching groove; 362, end cover body; 3621, end cover plate body; 3622, end Cover insert; 36221, plug-in arm; 36222, reinforcing rib; 370, clamping connector; 371, supporting body; 372, lower clamping arm; 373, upper clamping arm; 380, fixing piece; 381, connecting structure ; 3811. The first frame; 3812. The second frame; 3813. Positioning piece; 3814. The first piece; 3815. The second piece; 3816. The third piece; 3817. Connection groove; 382. Anti-falling structure; 3821 , support piece; 38211, clamping block; 383, reinforcement; 390, load-bearing member; 420, mesh component; 421, mesh piece; 4211, second support rod; 42111, second longitudinal support rod; 42112, first Two vertical support rods; 4212, vertical rod; 422, clamping piece; 4221, clamping part; 42211, clamping arm; 42212, clamping plate; 422121, top wall; 422122, side wall; 422123, clamping groove ; 422124, deformation hole; 4222, buckle part; 42221, buckle arm; 42223, vertical bar buckle; 42224, cross bar buckle; 422a, front clamping piece; 4221a, front clamping part; 42211a, front clamp Holding arm; 4222a, front buckle part; 42221a, front buckle arm; 42222a, front guide arm; 422b, rear clamping part; 4221b, rear gripping part; 42211b, rear gripping arm; 4222b, rear buckle part ; 42221b, rear buckle arm; 42222b, rear hook arm; 500, shoe rack set; 600, divided storage rack; 700, storage basket rack; 800, vertical beam assembly; 810, splicing beam; 1000, storage system.
为使本申请的上述目的、特征和优点能够更加明显易懂,下面结合附图对本申请的具体实施方式做详细的说明。在下面的描述中阐述了很多具体细节以便于充分理解本申请。但是本申请能够以很多不同于在此描述的其它方式来实施,本领域技术人员可以在不违背本申请内涵的情况下做类似改进,因此本申请不受下面公开的具体实施例的限制。In order to make the above objects, features and advantages of the present application more obvious and easy to understand, the specific implementation modes of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. In the following description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the present application. However, the present application can be implemented in many other ways different from those described here. Those skilled in the art can make similar improvements without violating the connotation of the present application. Therefore, the present application is not limited by the specific embodiments disclosed below.
需要说明的是,当组件被称为“连接于”另一个组件,它可以直接连接于另一个组件上或者也可以存在居中的组件。当一个组件被认为是“设置于”另一个组件,它可以是直接设置在另一个组件上或者可能同时存在居中组件。当一个组件被认为是“固定于”另一个组件,它可以是直接固定在另一个组件上或者可能同时存在居中组件。It should be noted that when a component is said to be "connected to" another component, it can be directly connected to the other component or there may also be an intermediate component. When a component is said to be "set on" another component, it can be directly set on the other component or there may be a centered component at the same time. When a component is said to be "anchored" to another component, it can be directly anchored to the other component or there may be an intermediate component present as well.
除非另有定义,本文所使用的所有的技术和科学术语与属于本申请的技术领域的技术人员通常理解的含义相同。本文中在本申请的说明书中所使用的术语只是为了描述具体的实施方式的目的,不是旨在于限制本申请。本文所使用的术语“或/及”包括一个或多个相关的所列项目的任意的和所有的组合。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the technical field to which this application belongs. The terminology used herein in the description of the application is for the purpose of describing specific embodiments only and is not intended to limit the application. As used herein, the term "or/and" includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed items.
随着生活与工作的需求,我们的物品种类繁多,对存放物品的置物系统的需求也越来越大。传统的用于储放、展示的置物系统如橱柜、箱柜等难以拆卸运输,造成了运输成本的增加,并且难以满足人们日益个性化的储存需求。With the demands of life and work, we have a wide variety of items, and the demand for storage systems for storing items is also increasing. Traditional storage systems such as cabinets and boxes used for storage and display are difficult to disassemble and transport, which increases transportation costs and makes it difficult to meet people's increasingly personalized storage needs.
如图1和图3所示,本申请提供置物系统1000,包括竖梁10及装配结构200,竖梁10上开设有安装孔11,装配结构200包括与安装孔11相匹配的配合件201,装配结构200通过配合件201可拆卸地安装于竖梁10的安装孔11。As shown in Figures 1 and 3, the present application provides a storage system 1000, which includes a vertical beam 10 and an assembly structure 200. The vertical beam 10 is provided with a mounting hole 11, and the assembly structure 200 includes a fitting 201 that matches the mounting hole 11. The assembly structure 200 is detachably mounted on the mounting hole 11 of the vertical beam 10 through the matching piece 201 .
本申请提供的置物系统1000中,竖梁10和装配结构200之间可拆卸连接,在运输过程中,竖梁10和装配结构200能够拆开后运输,减小了运输体积,降低了运输成本。In the storage system 1000 provided by the present application, the vertical beam 10 and the assembly structure 200 are detachably connected. During transportation, the vertical beam 10 and the assembly structure 200 can be disassembled and transported, which reduces the transportation volume and transportation cost. .
下面对竖梁10的具体结构以及对竖梁10与横梁20等其他结构组合形成的梁架100进行详细说明。The specific structure of the vertical beam 10 and the beam frame 100 formed by the combination of the vertical beam 10 and the cross beam 20 and other structures will be described in detail below.
可选地,如图1所示,本申请的梁架100可以包括竖梁10和横梁20,横梁20横向地支撑竖梁10,
以提高梁架100的整体结构稳定性。可以理解的是,本申请的横梁20可以但不限于通过焊接、螺接或卡接等方式连接于竖梁10;支架210可以但不限于通过勾挂等方式被可拆卸地安装于竖梁10。Optionally, as shown in Figure 1, the beam frame 100 of the present application may include a vertical beam 10 and a cross beam 20, the cross beam 20 supports the vertical beam 10 laterally, To improve the overall structural stability of the beam frame 100. It can be understood that the cross beam 20 of the present application can be connected to the vertical beam 10 by, but is not limited to, welding, screwing or snapping; the bracket 210 can be detachably installed on the vertical beam 10 by, but is not limited to, hooking. .
此外,本申请的梁架100中的竖梁10和横梁20通常会在加工成型时开设通孔和/或凹槽,以作为梁架100的成型孔,有助于在确保梁架具有较高承载能力的同时,减轻梁架的重量。然而,考虑到竖梁10和横梁20上的成型孔若暴露在外,容易积灰而不便打理,因此本申请的置物系统1000可以通过竖梁盖板和横梁盖板分别被对应地卡接于竖梁10和横梁20,以遮盖其上的成型孔,使得竖梁10和横梁20上的成型孔被隐藏起来,不仅能够避免积灰,便于打理,而且还能够改善置物系统1000的整体美观。In addition, the vertical beams 10 and the cross beams 20 in the beam frame 100 of the present application are usually provided with through holes and/or grooves during processing and molding to serve as the forming holes of the beam frame 100, which helps to ensure that the beam frame has a high While increasing the load-bearing capacity, it also reduces the weight of the beam frame. However, considering that if the molded holes on the vertical beams 10 and the crossbeams 20 are exposed, they will easily accumulate dust and become inconvenient to take care of. Therefore, the storage system 1000 of the present application can be correspondingly connected to the vertical beam cover plate and the crossbeam cover plate respectively. The vertical beam 10 and the cross beam 20 are used to cover the molded holes on the vertical beam 10 and the cross beam 20 so that the molded holes on the vertical beam 10 and the cross beam 20 are hidden, which not only avoids dust accumulation and facilitates maintenance, but also improves the overall appearance of the storage system 1000 .
可选的,竖梁10包括:支撑体12,支撑体12上具有至少四列沿着支撑体12宽度方向间隔布设的安装位,每一列安装位包括多个安装孔11,沿支撑体12宽度方向至少设置有两个安装部,每个安装部由一个或多个安装孔11形成,安装部用于配合外接安装件;两个侧板13,两个侧板13分别固设于支撑体12的两侧边,支撑体12包括第一面121及与第一面121相背的第二面122,两个侧板13均凸出于第一面121。Optionally, the vertical beam 10 includes: a support body 12. The support body 12 has at least four rows of mounting positions spaced apart along the width direction of the support body 12. Each row of mounting positions includes a plurality of mounting holes 11 along the width of the support body 12. At least two mounting parts are provided in the direction, each mounting part is formed by one or more mounting holes 11, and the mounting parts are used to cooperate with external mounting parts; two side plates 13, the two side plates 13 are respectively fixed on the support body 12 On both sides of the support body 12 , the support body 12 includes a first surface 121 and a second surface 122 opposite to the first surface 121 . Both side plates 13 protrude from the first surface 121 .
竖梁10具有多个不同高度的安装孔11,安装孔11能够形成多个不同的安装部,使竖梁能够适配连接不同的外接安装件,同时,侧板13能够提高竖梁10的支撑强度和连接稳定性,使竖梁10不易弯折、晃动或者散架,保证竖梁10可靠、稳固耐用。The vertical beam 10 has a plurality of mounting holes 11 of different heights. The mounting holes 11 can form a plurality of different mounting parts, so that the vertical beam can be adapted to connect different external mounting parts. At the same time, the side plates 13 can improve the support of the vertical beam 10 The strength and connection stability prevent the vertical beam 10 from bending, shaking or falling apart, ensuring that the vertical beam 10 is reliable, stable and durable.
可选的,在本申请的一个实施例中,侧板13与支撑体12一体设置。如此设置,侧板13与支撑体12一体成型能够提高两者连接强度,节省加工及安装工艺,同时能够加强竖梁10整体的抗弯折能力。可以理解,在其他实施例中,侧板13也可与支撑体12分体设置,可选的,在本实施例中,侧板13的凸设方向与支撑体12的板面之间互相垂直,可以理解,在其他实施例中,侧板13的凸设方向与支撑体12的板面之间也可不呈垂直状态,两者之间的夹角可以为钝角或者锐角。Optionally, in one embodiment of the present application, the side plate 13 is integrally provided with the support body 12 . With this arrangement, the integral formation of the side plate 13 and the support body 12 can improve the connection strength between the two, save processing and installation techniques, and at the same time enhance the overall bending resistance of the vertical beam 10 . It can be understood that in other embodiments, the side plate 13 can also be provided separately from the support body 12. Optionally, in this embodiment, the protruding direction of the side plate 13 and the surface of the support body 12 are perpendicular to each other. , it can be understood that in other embodiments, the protruding direction of the side plate 13 and the plate surface of the support body 12 may not be vertical, and the angle between the two may be an obtuse angle or an acute angle.
请参见图17及图18,进一步的,在本申请的一个实施例中,竖梁10还包括加强筋14,加强筋14设置于相邻两列安装位之间,且加强筋14沿支撑体12长度方向延伸。如此设置,能够进一步增加支撑体12的抗弯折能力,进一步保证竖梁10不易在使用过程中出现压弯、压折、晃动或者散架等现象,保证竖梁10质量和使用效果。可以理解,加强筋14的数量不限,相邻两列安装位之间均可设置加强筋14,以进一步加强支撑体12的抗弯折性能,提高竖梁10的整体质量和稳定性。Please refer to Figures 17 and 18. Further, in one embodiment of the present application, the vertical beam 10 also includes reinforcing ribs 14. The reinforcing ribs 14 are disposed between two adjacent rows of installation positions, and the reinforcing ribs 14 are along the support body. 12 lengthwise extension. Such arrangement can further increase the bending resistance of the support body 12, further ensure that the vertical beam 10 is not prone to bending, bending, shaking or falling apart during use, and ensure the quality and use effect of the vertical beam 10. It can be understood that the number of reinforcing ribs 14 is not limited, and reinforcing ribs 14 can be provided between two adjacent rows of installation positions to further enhance the bending resistance of the support body 12 and improve the overall quality and stability of the vertical beam 10 .
可选的,在本申请的一个实施例中,加强筋14与支撑体12一体设置。如此设置,加强筋14与支撑体12一体成型能够提高两者连接强度,节省加工及安装工艺,同时能够进一步增强支撑体12的抗弯折能力。Optionally, in one embodiment of the present application, the reinforcing ribs 14 are provided integrally with the support body 12 . With this arrangement, the integral formation of the reinforcing ribs 14 and the support body 12 can improve the connection strength between the two, save processing and installation processes, and further enhance the bending resistance of the support body 12 .
请再次参见图17及图18,且一并参照图19及图20,图19为本申请竖梁10的另一个实施例的结构示意图;图20为图19中M部放大示意图。Please refer to Figures 17 and 18 again, and refer to Figures 19 and 20 together. Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the vertical beam 10 of the present application; Figure 20 is an enlarged schematic diagram of part M in Figure 19.
进一步的,在本申请的一个实施例中,加强筋14为第一面121向第二面122凹陷的槽体(参见图17及图18);或者,加强筋14为第二面122向第一面121凹陷的槽体(参见图19及图20)。如此设置,凹陷的槽体能够增加多个弯折面,使支撑体12抗弯折能力得到进一步的提高,同时由第一面121向第二面122凹陷或者由第二面122向第一面121凹陷形成的加强筋14,能够避免使用过多的额外材料,进一步节省工艺成本。Further, in one embodiment of the present application, the reinforcing rib 14 is a groove body with the first surface 121 recessed toward the second surface 122 (see Figures 17 and 18 ); or, the reinforcing rib 14 is a groove body with the second surface 122 recessed toward the second surface 122 . One side 121 is a concave tank body (see Figures 19 and 20). In this way, the recessed groove body can add multiple bending surfaces, further improving the bending resistance of the support body 12. At the same time, the recessed groove body can be recessed from the first surface 121 to the second surface 122 or from the second surface 122 to the first surface. The reinforcing ribs 14 formed by the depressions 121 can avoid using too much additional material and further save process costs.
请参见图21及图22,图21为本申请竖梁10的另一个实施例的结构示意图;图22为图21中N部放大示意图。可选的,在本申请的一个实施例中,加强筋14设置于第一面121。如此设置,加强筋14的结构和材质能够不受限制,加强筋14的设置方式多样化,同时保证加强筋14提高竖梁10整体抗弯折性能的效果,避免货物使竖梁10在使用过程中出现弯折晃动现象。具体的,加强筋14为实心结构,增加加强筋14提高竖梁10抗弯折性能的效果。Please refer to Figures 21 and 22. Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the vertical beam 10 of the present application; Figure 22 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the N portion in Figure 21. Optionally, in one embodiment of the present application, the reinforcing ribs 14 are provided on the first surface 121 . With this arrangement, the structure and material of the reinforcing ribs 14 can be unrestricted, and the setting methods of the reinforcing ribs 14 are diversified. At the same time, the effect of the reinforcing ribs 14 on improving the overall bending resistance of the vertical beam 10 is ensured, and the effect of the reinforcing ribs 14 on the vertical beam 10 is prevented during use. The phenomenon of bending and shaking occurs. Specifically, the reinforcing ribs 14 are of solid structure, and adding the reinforcing ribs 14 can improve the bending resistance of the vertical beam 10 .
在本申请一个未示出的实施例中,加强筋14设置于第二面122。进一步,可选的,在本申请另一个未示出的实施例中,支撑体12的第一面121及第二面122均设置有加强筋14。In a not-shown embodiment of the present application, the reinforcing ribs 14 are disposed on the second surface 122 . Furthermore, optionally, in another not shown embodiment of the present application, reinforcing ribs 14 are provided on both the first surface 121 and the second surface 122 of the support body 12 .
请再次参见图14且一并参照图15及图16,图15为图14中X部放大示意图;图16为图14中Y部放大示意图。Please refer to FIG. 14 again and refer to FIG. 15 and FIG. 16 together. FIG. 15 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the X part in FIG. 14; FIG. 16 is an enlarged schematic diagram of the Y part in FIG. 14.
可选的,在本申请的一个实施例中,安装孔11为条形孔。如此设置,条形孔能够增加安装过程中竖梁10与其他连接架之间的卡接面积,保证组装后的置物系统能够保持牢固、稳定,保证置物系统不
易出现晃动散架现象。Optionally, in one embodiment of the present application, the mounting hole 11 is a strip hole. With this arrangement, the strip holes can increase the clamping area between the vertical beam 10 and other connecting frames during the installation process, ensuring that the assembled storage system can remain firm and stable, and ensure that the storage system does not It is prone to shaking and falling apart.
进一步的,作为可选,在本申请的一个实施例中,安装孔11沿支撑体12的长度方向延伸。如此设置,当竖梁10竖向放置连接横向连接架时,沿支撑体12长度方向也即竖向方向开设的安装孔11,能够大幅提高横向连接架与竖梁10安装孔11配合的卡接件的承受能力,避免横向连接架放置较多货品后导致卡接件处断裂。Further, optionally, in one embodiment of the present application, the mounting hole 11 extends along the length direction of the support body 12 . With this arrangement, when the vertical beam 10 is placed vertically to connect to the horizontal connecting frame, the mounting holes 11 opened along the length direction of the support body 12, that is, in the vertical direction, can greatly improve the engagement between the horizontal connecting frame and the mounting hole 11 of the vertical beam 10. The bearing capacity of the parts is ensured to avoid the breakage of the clamping parts caused by placing too many goods on the horizontal connecting rack.
请再次参见图16,可选的,在本申请的一个实施例中,两个侧板13靠近其端部的板体处开设有第一卡槽131,第一卡槽131将侧板13的板体分割为本体部134及第一卡接部135。如此设置,竖梁10能够通过第一卡槽131及第一卡接部135与横梁20或者其他安装件进行卡接配合,保证竖梁10安装连接后的稳定性。可以理解,两个侧板13上的第一卡槽131开设位置的高度及开设形状均一致且对应,以保证横梁20与竖梁10卡接配合后放置货品的面板保持水平,避免横梁20倾斜导致物品滑落损伤。Please refer to FIG. 16 again. Optionally, in one embodiment of the present application, the two side plates 13 are provided with first slots 131 near the ends thereof. The first slots 131 connect the side plates 13 to each other. The plate body is divided into a main body part 134 and a first clamping part 135 . With this arrangement, the vertical beam 10 can engage with the cross beam 20 or other installation parts through the first clamping groove 131 and the first clamping portion 135 to ensure the stability of the vertical beam 10 after installation and connection. It can be understood that the heights and shapes of the opening positions of the first slots 131 on the two side plates 13 are consistent and corresponding to ensure that the panel on which the goods are placed remains level after the cross beam 20 and the vertical beam 10 are engaged and to prevent the cross beam 20 from tilting. Causing items to slip and be damaged.
进一步的,作为可选,第一卡槽131为条形槽,条形槽的延伸方向与侧板13的延伸方向具有夹角,且所述条形槽的延伸方向远离侧板13的端部。如此设置,具有倾斜角度的条形槽能够增加横梁20与竖梁10之间卡接后的稳固性,避免横梁20与竖梁10卡接处出现滑移现象。Further, optionally, the first clamping groove 131 is a strip groove, the extending direction of the strip groove has an included angle with the extending direction of the side plate 13 , and the extending direction of the strip groove is away from the end of the side plate 13 . With this arrangement, the strip groove with an inclined angle can increase the stability of the connection between the cross beam 20 and the vertical beam 10 and avoid slippage at the connection between the cross beam 20 and the vertical beam 10 .
请再次参见图15,可选的,在本申请的一个实施例中,侧板13靠近其端部的板体处间隔开设有第二卡槽132及第三卡槽133,第二卡槽132用于提供滑动空间,第三卡槽133用于为固定件(图未示)提供安装空间。如此设置,竖梁10能够通过第二卡槽132与横梁20或者其他安装件之间进行安装位置的调整,通过第三安装槽进行安装固定。Please refer to Figure 15 again. Optionally, in one embodiment of the present application, the side plate 13 is provided with a second card slot 132 and a third card slot 133 at intervals near the end of the plate body. The second card slot 132 The third slot 133 is used to provide a sliding space, and the third slot 133 is used to provide an installation space for a fastener (not shown). With this arrangement, the installation position of the vertical beam 10 can be adjusted through the second slot 132 and the cross beam 20 or other mounting parts, and can be installed and fixed through the third installation slot.
具体的,第二卡槽132开设位置相对靠近侧板13的中心,第三卡槽133开设位置相对远离侧板13中心,竖梁10竖直状态与横梁20连接时,第二卡槽132位于第三卡槽133下方,第二卡槽132的底部槽璧能够为卡勾件(图未示)提供支撑台阶,便于使用人员调整竖梁10与横梁20之间的固定位置时不易歪斜或者脱离,且当横梁20上连接多个竖梁10时,第二卡槽132能够配合卡勾件调整不同竖梁10之间的间距,调整置物系统货位宽度,第三卡槽133能够为固定件提供安装空间,固定件的头部可容置于卡勾件与第三卡槽133之间。Specifically, the second slot 132 is located relatively close to the center of the side plate 13 , and the third slot 133 is opened relatively far from the center of the side plate 13 . When the vertical beam 10 is connected to the cross beam 20 in a vertical state, the second slot 132 is located at Below the third clamping slot 133, the bottom groove wall of the second clamping slot 132 can provide a support step for the hooking member (not shown), making it easier for the user to adjust the fixed position between the vertical beam 10 and the cross beam 20 without being easily skewed or detached. , and when multiple vertical beams 10 are connected to the cross beam 20, the second slot 132 can cooperate with the hook to adjust the spacing between different vertical beams 10 and adjust the width of the cargo space of the storage system, and the third slot 133 can be a fixing member An installation space is provided, and the head of the fixing member can be accommodated between the hook member and the third slot 133 .
参见图23、图24及图25,在本申请的另一个实施例中,进一步加强竖梁10的抗弯折性能也可不设置加强筋14,支撑体12自身变形形成多个连续且互相垂直的弯折面也可进一步加强整个竖梁10的抗弯折性能,安装孔11开设在与支撑体12宽度方向相垂直的弯折面上;外部安装件(例如支架、挂钩、导轨等)可设置对应的卡挂部与支撑体12上相邻两列且处于同一高度的两个安装孔11或多个安装孔11配合连接。进一步的,与支撑体12宽度方向相平行的弯折面上还开设有固定孔50,固定孔50可用于将竖梁10固定在墙面或者其他平面上。Referring to Figure 23, Figure 24 and Figure 25, in another embodiment of the present application, to further enhance the bending resistance of the vertical beam 10, the reinforcing ribs 14 may not be provided, and the support body 12 deforms itself to form multiple continuous and mutually perpendicular structures. The bending surface can also further enhance the bending resistance of the entire vertical beam 10. The mounting holes 11 are opened on the bending surface perpendicular to the width direction of the support body 12; external mounting parts (such as brackets, hooks, guide rails, etc.) can be provided The corresponding hooking portion is matched with two or more mounting holes 11 in two adjacent rows and at the same height on the support body 12 . Furthermore, a fixing hole 50 is also provided on the bending surface parallel to the width direction of the support body 12. The fixing hole 50 can be used to fix the vertical beam 10 on a wall or other flat surface.
考虑到传统的竖梁连接方式通常是采用螺丝钉将两个竖梁上重叠的端部固定在一起以完成拼接,但这样的竖梁连接方式会导致竖直承载力在螺丝钉上形成剪切力,容易剪断螺丝钉,进而造成拼接而成的竖梁在竖直方向上的承载能力大幅降低。为了解决这一问题,本申请提供了一种竖梁拼接件及拼接梁,其能够在保证竖直承载能力的同时,降低拼接难度,简化置物系统的组装过程。Considering that the traditional vertical beam connection method usually uses screws to fix the overlapping ends of the two vertical beams together to complete the splicing, such a vertical beam connection method will cause the vertical bearing capacity to form shear force on the screws. It is easy to shear the screws, which will greatly reduce the load-bearing capacity of the spliced vertical beams in the vertical direction. In order to solve this problem, this application provides a vertical beam splicing piece and a splicing beam, which can reduce the difficulty of splicing and simplify the assembly process of the storage system while ensuring the vertical load-bearing capacity.
具体地,请参考附图27和图28,本申请的第一实施例提供了一种拼接梁810,其中拼接梁810可以包括竖梁拼接件15和竖梁组件800,其中竖梁组件800包括第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102,并且竖梁拼接件15将第一竖梁101拼接于所述第二竖梁102,以形成长度较长且竖直承载能力较强的拼接梁810。Specifically, please refer to Figures 27 and 28. The first embodiment of the present application provides a splicing beam 810, wherein the splicing beam 810 may include a vertical beam splicing piece 15 and a vertical beam assembly 800, wherein the vertical beam assembly 800 includes The first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102, and the vertical beam splicing piece 15 splices the first vertical beam 101 to the second vertical beam 102 to form a spliced beam 810 with a longer length and a stronger vertical load-bearing capacity. .
更具体地,如图27和图28所示,竖梁拼接件15可以包括连接件151和限位件154,其中连接件151具有用于与第一竖梁101连接的连接部1501和自连接部1501延伸的限位部152,并且限位部152设有用于与第一竖梁101的表面和第二竖梁102的表面相匹配的限位面1520。限位件154被设置于连接件151的限位部152,用于将第二竖梁102端对端地抵接于第一竖梁101,并使第一竖梁101的表面和第二竖梁102的表面同时贴合于限位部152的限位面1520。More specifically, as shown in Figures 27 and 28, the vertical beam splice 15 may include a connecting piece 151 and a limiting piece 154, wherein the connecting piece 151 has a connecting portion 1501 for connecting to the first vertical beam 101 and a self-connecting part. The limiting portion 152 extends from the portion 1501 , and the limiting portion 152 is provided with a limiting surface 1520 for matching the surface of the first vertical beam 101 and the surface of the second vertical beam 102 . The limiting member 154 is provided on the limiting portion 152 of the connecting member 151 and is used to contact the second vertical beam 102 end-to-end against the first vertical beam 101 and to make the surface of the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 101 contact the second vertical beam 102 end-to-end. The surface of the beam 102 is in contact with the limiting surface 1520 of the limiting portion 152 at the same time.
值得注意的是,由于本申请的竖梁拼接件15不仅能够将第二竖梁102端对端地抵接于第一竖梁101,还能够将第一竖梁101的表面和第二竖梁102的表面同时贴合于限位部152的限位面1520,因此竖梁拼接件15能够使第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102在竖直方向上对齐地端对端抵接,这样第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102所承受的竖直承载力能够互相直接传递,不会对竖梁拼接件15施加剪切力,有助于确保竖梁拼接件15更好地拼接第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102。
It is worth noting that the vertical beam splicing piece 15 of the present application can not only contact the second vertical beam 102 end-to-end with the first vertical beam 101, but also can connect the surface of the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam. The surface of 102 is in contact with the limiting surface 1520 of the limiting portion 152 at the same time, so the vertical beam splicing piece 15 can make the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 align end-to-end in the vertical direction, so that The vertical bearing capacity of the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 can be directly transmitted to each other, without exerting shear force on the vertical beam splicing piece 15, which helps to ensure that the vertical beam splicing piece 15 can better splice the second vertical beam splicing piece 15. One vertical beam 101 and a second vertical beam 102.
可以理解的是,本申请的竖梁组件800中的第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102可以但不限于由诸如槽钢、角钢、工字型钢或H型钢等型钢材料制备而成。此外,竖梁组件800中的第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102上通常会在加工成型时开设有通孔和/或凹槽,以便在保证竖梁具有较高承载能力的同时,减轻竖梁的重量;而本申请的竖梁拼接件15能够充分利用这些通孔和/或凹槽来简化竖梁拼接的难度,进而简化诸如货架等应用拼接梁810的架子或器具的组装过程。It can be understood that the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 in the vertical beam assembly 800 of the present application can be made of, but are not limited to, steel materials such as channel steel, angle steel, I-shaped steel or H-shaped steel. In addition, the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 in the vertical beam assembly 800 are usually provided with through holes and/or grooves during processing, so as to ensure that the vertical beams have a high load-bearing capacity and at the same time reduce the load. The vertical beam splicing piece 15 of the present application can make full use of these through holes and/or grooves to simplify the difficulty of splicing vertical beams, thereby simplifying the assembly process of shelves or appliances such as shelves using the splicing beam 810.
示例性地,如图27和图28所示,以由槽钢加工而成竖梁组件800为例,第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102均具有U型横截面,并且第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102的基壁上设有安装孔11。相应地,竖梁拼接件15的连接件151的限位部152可以被实施为用于提供平整的限位面1520的限位板1521,其中连接部1501被实施为自限位板1521的限位面1520横向延伸的连接柱1511,用于对应地插接于第一竖梁101的基壁上的安装孔11,并且限位件154被实施为自限位板1521的限位面1520横向延伸的限位柱1541,用于对应地插接于第二竖梁102的基壁上的安装孔11。Illustratively, as shown in Figures 27 and 28, taking the vertical beam assembly 800 processed from channel steel as an example, the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 both have U-shaped cross sections, and the first vertical beam Mounting holes 11 are provided on the base walls of 101 and the second vertical beam 102. Correspondingly, the limiting portion 152 of the connecting piece 151 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 can be implemented as a limiting plate 1521 for providing a flat limiting surface 1520, wherein the connecting portion 1501 is implemented as a limiting plate 1521. The connecting posts 1511 extending transversely from the plane 1520 are used to be correspondingly plugged into the mounting holes 11 on the base wall of the first vertical beam 101, and the limiting members 154 are implemented as transverse from the limiting surface 1520 of the limiting plate 1521. The extended limiting column 1541 is used to be correspondingly inserted into the mounting hole 11 on the base wall of the second vertical beam 102 .
这样,在组装拼接梁810时,只需要将竖梁拼接件15中的连接柱1511和限位柱1541分别对应地插接于第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102上的安装孔11,以使竖梁拼接件15的限位板1521上的限位面1520贴合于第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102上的基壁表面,就能够实现第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102在竖直方向上对齐地端对端抵接;也就是说,本申请的竖梁拼接件15能够使用户徒手拼接第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102,而无需使用诸如扳手或螺丝刀等专业工具。可以理解的是,竖梁拼接件15中的连接柱1511和限位柱1541分别在竖直方向上限制第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102,并且竖梁拼接件15中的限位板1521在水平方向上限制第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102,以便确保第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102端对端抵接,进而保证拼接梁810的竖直承载能力。In this way, when assembling the splicing beam 810, you only need to insert the connecting column 1511 and the limiting column 1541 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 into the mounting holes 11 on the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 respectively. By making the limiting surface 1520 on the limiting plate 1521 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 fit against the base wall surface of the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102, the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam can be realized. The beams 102 are aligned end-to-end in the vertical direction; that is to say, the vertical beam splicing piece 15 of the present application enables the user to splice the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 with bare hands without using tools such as a wrench or a wrench. Screwdrivers and other professional tools. It can be understood that the connecting column 1511 and the limiting column 1541 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 respectively limit the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 in the vertical direction, and the limiting plate in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 1521 restricts the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 in the horizontal direction to ensure that the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 are in end-to-end contact, thereby ensuring the vertical load-bearing capacity of the spliced beam 810.
可选地,连接柱1511和限位柱1541均自限位板1521的限位面1520一体地横向延伸,以形成具有一体成型结构的竖梁拼接件15,有助于简化竖梁拼接件15的制造工艺,提高竖梁拼接件15的整体结构强度。可以理解的是,本申请的竖梁拼接件15可以但不限于由诸如塑料或碳纤维等具有一定硬度的硬质材料制备而成。Optionally, both the connecting column 1511 and the limiting column 1541 are integrated and laterally extended from the limiting surface 1520 of the limiting plate 1521 to form the vertical beam splice 15 with an integrally formed structure, which helps to simplify the vertical beam splice 15 The manufacturing process improves the overall structural strength of the vertical beam splicing piece 15. It can be understood that the vertical beam splice 15 of the present application can be made of, but is not limited to, hard materials with a certain hardness such as plastic or carbon fiber.
可选地,竖梁拼接件15可以包括并排布置的两个连接柱1511和并排布置的两个限位柱1541,并且连接柱1511在竖直方向上一一对应于限位柱1541,使得第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102在竖直方向上端对端地对齐,防止两者出现竖直方向上的错位,确保拼接梁810具有较大的竖直承载能力。Optionally, the vertical beam splice 15 may include two connecting columns 1511 arranged side by side and two limiting columns 1541 arranged side by side, and the connecting columns 1511 correspond to the limiting columns 1541 one-to-one in the vertical direction, so that the first The first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 are aligned end-to-end in the vertical direction to prevent vertical misalignment between the two and ensure that the splicing beam 810 has a large vertical load-bearing capacity.
值得注意的是,虽然在本申请的上述示例中竖梁拼接件15与竖梁组件800上的安装孔11相配合以实现竖梁拼接,但在本申请的其他示例中,竖梁拼接件15还能够与竖梁组件800上开设的凹槽相配合,仍能够实现所需的竖梁拼接效果。It is worth noting that although in the above examples of the application, the vertical beam splicing parts 15 cooperate with the mounting holes 11 on the vertical beam assembly 800 to realize vertical beam splicing, in other examples of the application, the vertical beam splicing parts 15 It can also cooperate with the grooves provided on the vertical beam assembly 800 to still achieve the required vertical beam splicing effect.
示例性地,附图29示出了根据本申请的上述第一实施例的拼接梁810的一个变形实施方式,其中竖梁组件800的侧壁上开设有凹槽,如第一竖梁101的侧壁上开设有与连接部1501相匹配的第二卡槽132,第二竖梁102的侧壁上开设有与限位件154相适配的第一卡槽131。相应地,竖梁拼接件15的连接部1501被实施为自限位板1521的一端弯折地延伸的连接片1512,用于对应地勾接于第一竖梁101上的第二卡槽132;其中限位件154被实施为自限位板1521的另一端弯曲地延伸的限位片1542,用于对应地勾接于第二竖梁102上的第一卡槽131。Exemplarily, FIG. 29 shows a modified embodiment of the splicing beam 810 according to the above-mentioned first embodiment of the present application, in which grooves are provided on the side walls of the vertical beam assembly 800, such as those of the first vertical beam 101. A second slot 132 matching the connecting portion 1501 is formed on the side wall, and a first slot 131 matching the limiting member 154 is formed on the side wall of the second vertical beam 102 . Correspondingly, the connecting portion 1501 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 is implemented as a connecting piece 1512 that bends and extends from one end of the limiting plate 1521 for correspondingly hooking with the second slot 132 on the first vertical beam 101 ; The limiting member 154 is implemented as a limiting piece 1542 extending curvedly from the other end of the limiting plate 1521, for correspondingly hooking with the first slot 131 on the second vertical beam 102.
这样,在组装拼接梁810时,只需要将竖梁拼接件15中的连接片1512和限位片1542分别对应地勾接于第一竖梁101上的第二卡槽132和第二竖梁102上的第一卡槽131,以使竖梁拼接件15的限位板1521上的限位面1520贴合于第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102上的侧壁表面,就能够实现第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102在竖直方向上对齐地端对端抵接。可以理解的是,竖梁拼接件15中的连接片1512自限位板1521的一端弯折地延伸,以在限位板1521的一端形成V字形勾状结构;相应地,竖梁拼接件15中的限位片1542自限位板1521的另一端弯曲地延伸,以在限位板1521的另一端形成弧形勾状结构。In this way, when assembling the splicing beam 810, it is only necessary to hook the connecting piece 1512 and the limiting piece 1542 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 to the second slot 132 and the second vertical beam on the first vertical beam 101 respectively. 102, so that the limiting surface 1520 on the limiting plate 1521 of the vertical beam splice 15 fits the side wall surface of the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102, which can be achieved The first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 are aligned in the vertical direction and butt end-to-end. It can be understood that the connecting piece 1512 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 bends and extends from one end of the limiting plate 1521 to form a V-shaped hook structure at one end of the limiting plate 1521; accordingly, the vertical beam splicing piece 15 The limiting piece 1542 curvedly extends from the other end of the limiting plate 1521 to form an arc-shaped hook structure at the other end of the limiting plate 1521.
可选地,在本申请的这个变形实施方式中,竖梁拼接件15可以但不限于由金属材料制备而成,如竖梁拼接件15可以有金属板弯折而成,本申请对此不再赘述。Optionally, in this modified embodiment of the present application, the vertical beam splicing parts 15 may be made of, but are not limited to, metal materials. For example, the vertical beam splicing parts 15 may be made of bent metal plates, which is not the case in this application. Again.
可选地,如图29所示,本申请的第一竖梁101上的第二卡槽132为直槽,而第二竖梁102上的第一卡槽131为斜槽。这样在组装拼接梁810时,竖梁拼接件15中的限位片1542需要先勾接第二竖梁102的第一卡槽131,再将竖梁拼接件15中的连接片1512按入第一竖梁101的第二卡槽132,以便勾
接第一竖梁101的第二卡槽132。可以理解的是,在将连接片1512按入第一竖梁101的第二卡槽132时,竖梁拼接件15将发生轻微形变,以使竖梁拼接件15对第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102施加较大的束缚力。Optionally, as shown in Figure 29, the second clamping groove 132 on the first vertical beam 101 of the present application is a straight slot, and the first clamping slot 131 on the second vertical beam 102 is an inclined slot. In this way, when assembling the splicing beam 810, the limiting piece 1542 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 needs to be hooked into the first slot 131 of the second vertical beam 102, and then the connecting piece 1512 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 is pressed into the second vertical beam splicing piece 15. The second slot 132 of a vertical beam 101 is for hooking Connected to the second slot 132 of the first vertical beam 101. It can be understood that when the connecting piece 1512 is pressed into the second slot 132 of the first vertical beam 101 , the vertical beam splicing piece 15 will be slightly deformed, so that the vertical beam splicing piece 15 is aligned with the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 101 . The two vertical beams 102 exert greater binding force.
值得注意的是,在本申请上述第一实施例及其变形实施方式中,竖梁拼接件15要么仅与竖梁组件800的基壁接触进行拼接,要么仅与竖梁组件800的侧壁接触进行拼接,虽然能够在竖直方向上实现所需的竖梁拼接效果,但却在水平方向上难以确保拼接梁810的结构稳定性,容易在竖梁拼接处发生弯折,通常需要将拼接梁810固定于诸如墙面或柜体等才能够实现整体结构的稳定性。It is worth noting that in the above-mentioned first embodiment of the present application and its modified embodiments, the vertical beam splicing piece 15 either only contacts the base wall of the vertical beam assembly 800 for splicing, or only contacts the side wall of the vertical beam assembly 800 Although the required vertical beam splicing effect can be achieved in the vertical direction, it is difficult to ensure the structural stability of the splicing beam 810 in the horizontal direction, and it is easy to bend at the vertical beam splicing joints. Usually, the splicing beam needs to be Only when 810 is fixed on the wall or cabinet can the stability of the overall structure be achieved.
而为了提高拼接梁的整体结构稳定性,附图30和图31示出了根据本申请的第二实施例的一种拼接梁810,其能够充分利用竖梁组件800的基壁和侧壁,不仅能够确保拼接梁810在竖直方向上的承载能力,而且还能够提高拼接梁810在水平方向上的抗折能力。具体地,相比于根据本申请的第一实施例,根据本申请的第二实施例的拼接梁810的不同之处在于:竖梁拼接件15的连接件151的限位部152可以被实施为适于位于竖梁组件800的两侧壁之间的限位架1522,以通过限位架1522提供用于贴合于竖梁组件800的基壁表面的限位面1520,其中连接件151的连接部1501被实施为自限位架1522的一端部向外凸起的连接块1513,并且连接件151的连接块1513适于嵌入第一竖梁101上的第二卡槽132内。与此同时,限位件154被设置于限位架1522的另一端部,适于插入第二竖梁102上的第一卡槽131。In order to improve the overall structural stability of the spliced beam, Figures 30 and 31 show a spliced beam 810 according to the second embodiment of the present application, which can fully utilize the base wall and side wall of the vertical beam assembly 800, This not only ensures the bearing capacity of the spliced beam 810 in the vertical direction, but also improves the bending resistance of the spliced beam 810 in the horizontal direction. Specifically, compared with the first embodiment of the present application, the difference of the splicing beam 810 according to the second embodiment of the present application is that the limiting portion 152 of the connecting member 151 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 can be implemented The limiting frame 1522 is adapted to be located between the two side walls of the vertical beam assembly 800, so as to provide a limiting surface 1520 for fitting to the base wall surface of the vertical beam assembly 800 through the limiting frame 1522, wherein the connecting member 151 The connecting part 1501 is implemented as a connecting block 1513 protruding outward from one end of the limiting frame 1522, and the connecting block 1513 of the connecting piece 151 is suitable for being embedded in the second slot 132 on the first vertical beam 101. At the same time, the limiting member 154 is provided at the other end of the limiting frame 1522 and is suitable for being inserted into the first slot 131 on the second vertical beam 102 .
这样,在组装拼接梁810时,先将竖梁拼接件15的限位件154插入第二竖梁102的侧壁上的第一卡槽131,再将竖梁拼接件15的连接块1513嵌入第一竖梁101的侧壁上的第二卡槽132,此时竖梁拼接件15的限位架1522位于竖梁组件800的两侧壁之间,并且限位架1522所提供的限位面1520限位地贴合于第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102的基壁表面,以便既在竖直方向上限制第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102,又在水平方向上限制第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102。可以理解的是,在本申请的第二实施例中,由于限位架1522的限位面1520限制竖梁组件800的基壁,并且限位架1522上的连接块1513和限位件154则对应地限制竖梁组件800的侧壁,因此竖梁拼接梁810对竖梁组件800的限制位置得以分散开,有助于提高拼接梁810的整体结构稳定性。In this way, when assembling the splicing beam 810, first insert the limiting member 154 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 into the first slot 131 on the side wall of the second vertical beam 102, and then insert the connecting block 1513 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15. The second slot 132 on the side wall of the first vertical beam 101. At this time, the limiting frame 1522 of the vertical beam splice 15 is located between the two side walls of the vertical beam assembly 800, and the limiting frame 1522 provides The surface 1520 is limitedly attached to the base wall surface of the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102, so as to limit the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 both in the vertical direction and in the horizontal direction. The first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102. It can be understood that in the second embodiment of the present application, the limiting surface 1520 of the limiting frame 1522 limits the base wall of the vertical beam assembly 800, and the connecting block 1513 and the limiting member 154 on the limiting frame 1522 are The side walls of the vertical beam assembly 800 are correspondingly restricted, so the restriction positions of the vertical beam splicing beam 810 on the vertical beam assembly 800 can be dispersed, which helps to improve the overall structural stability of the splicing beam 810 .
示例性地,如图30和图31所示,竖梁拼接件15的限位件154可以被实施为与第二竖梁102的第一卡槽131相适配的限位杆1543,并且限位架1522的另一端部开设有与限位杆1543相匹配的第一通孔15220,使得限位杆1543通过所述第一通孔15220贯穿所述限位架1522以插入第二竖梁102的第一卡槽131内,从而实现竖梁拼接件15与第二竖梁102之间的限位连接。For example, as shown in Figures 30 and 31, the limiting member 154 of the vertical beam splice 15 can be implemented as a limiting rod 1543 that is adapted to the first slot 131 of the second vertical beam 102, and limits A first through hole 15220 matching the limiting rod 1543 is opened at the other end of the positioning frame 1522 so that the limiting rod 1543 passes through the first through hole 15220 and penetrates the limiting frame 1522 to be inserted into the second vertical beam 102 into the first slot 131, thereby realizing the limited connection between the vertical beam splicing piece 15 and the second vertical beam 102.
可选地,第一竖梁101的每个侧壁上开设有相邻的两个第二卡槽132,相应地竖梁拼接件15中限位架1522上对应地设置有间隔布置的连接块1513,以使竖梁拼接件15中的连接块1513一一对应地嵌入相应的第二卡槽132,有助于增强竖梁拼接件15与第一竖梁101之间的连接稳定性。Optionally, two adjacent second slots 132 are provided on each side wall of the first vertical beam 101. Correspondingly, the limiting frame 1522 in the vertical beam splice 15 is provided with connecting blocks arranged at intervals. 1513, so that the connecting blocks 1513 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 are embedded in the corresponding second slots 132 one by one, which helps to enhance the connection stability between the vertical beam splicing piece 15 and the first vertical beam 101.
可选地,竖梁拼接件15中的限位杆1543可以由金属等具有一定弹性的材料制成,以在拼接第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102时发生轻微弹性形变,使得第一竖梁101和第二竖梁102能够端对端地紧密抵接。可以理解的是,本申请的竖梁拼接件15中的连接件151可以由塑料等硬质材料制备而成。Optionally, the limiting rod 1543 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 can be made of a certain elastic material such as metal, so that slight elastic deformation occurs when the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 are spliced, so that the first vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 are spliced. The vertical beam 101 and the second vertical beam 102 can be in close contact end-to-end. It can be understood that the connecting member 151 in the vertical beam splicing member 15 of the present application can be made of hard materials such as plastic.
值得注意的是,虽然在本申请的上述示例中限位件154和连接件151作为两个独立配件,可以由两种不同材料制备而成;但在本申请的其他示例中,限位件154与连接件151也可以是一体的,即竖梁拼接件15由同种材料经过一体成型制备而成。It is worth noting that although in the above examples of this application, the limiting member 154 and the connecting member 151 are two independent accessories and can be made of two different materials; but in other examples of this application, the limiting member 154 It can also be integrated with the connecting piece 151 , that is, the vertical beam splicing piece 15 is made of the same material through one-piece molding.
例如,在本申请的一个变形示例中,如图32和图33所示,竖梁拼接件15的限位件154可以被实施为自限位架1522的另一端部向外倾斜地延伸的限位耳1544,使得限位耳1544能够挂于第二竖梁102的第一卡槽131,从而实现竖梁拼接件15与第二竖梁102之间的限位连接。可以理解的是,由于本申请的限位耳1544自限位架1522的另一端部向外倾斜地延伸,使得限位耳1544与限位架1522之间形成形变空间,因此当竖梁拼接件15将第一竖梁101拼接于第二竖梁102时,竖梁拼接件15中的限位耳1544适于发生轻微形变,以使第一竖梁101紧密地抵接于第二竖梁102。For example, in a modified example of the present application, as shown in FIGS. 32 and 33 , the limiting member 154 of the vertical beam splice 15 may be implemented as a limiter extending obliquely outward from the other end of the limiting frame 1522 . The positioning ears 1544 enable the limiting ears 1544 to be hung in the first slot 131 of the second vertical beam 102, thereby realizing the limiting connection between the vertical beam splice 15 and the second vertical beam 102. It can be understood that since the limiting ear 1544 of the present application extends obliquely outward from the other end of the limiting frame 1522, a deformation space is formed between the limiting ear 1544 and the limiting frame 1522. Therefore, when the vertical beam splicing piece 15. When the first vertical beam 101 is spliced to the second vertical beam 102, the limiting ears 1544 in the vertical beam splicing piece 15 are adapted to undergo slight deformation, so that the first vertical beam 101 is tightly abutted against the second vertical beam 102. .
值得一提的是,如图33所示,本申请的竖梁拼接件15的连接件151上进一步设有贯穿限位部152的螺钉孔153,并且连接件151中的螺钉孔153可以与竖梁组件800中的钉孔相对应,以便通过螺丝钉贯穿竖梁组件800和竖梁拼接件15而将拼接梁810拼接牢固或牢靠地固定于诸如墙壁或柜体等其他物体。
It is worth mentioning that, as shown in Figure 33, the connecting piece 151 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 of the present application is further provided with a screw hole 153 that penetrates the limiting portion 152, and the screw hole 153 in the connecting piece 151 can be connected with the vertical beam splicing piece 15. The nail holes in the beam assembly 800 correspond to each other so that screws penetrate the vertical beam assembly 800 and the vertical beam splicing piece 15 to firmly splice or firmly fix the splicing beam 810 to other objects such as walls or cabinets.
此外,本申请的竖梁拼接件15的连接件151上还可以进一步设有较大的螺钉孔153,适于连接膨胀螺丝,以便通过膨胀螺丝将拼接梁810牢靠地固定于诸如墙壁或柜体等其他物体。In addition, the connecting piece 151 of the vertical beam splicing piece 15 of the present application can be further provided with a larger screw hole 153, which is suitable for connecting expansion screws, so that the splicing beam 810 can be firmly fixed to a wall or cabinet through expansion screws. and other objects.
值得注意的是,本申请的拼接梁810中的第一竖梁101的一端设有第二卡槽132,且另一端设有第一卡槽131;而第二竖梁102的一端设有第一卡槽131,且另一端设有第二卡槽132。这样,通过多个竖梁拼接件15能够将多个第一竖梁101和多个第二竖梁102依次端对端地拼接成更长的拼接梁810,仍能够确保较好的竖直承载能力。It is worth noting that the first vertical beam 101 in the spliced beam 810 of the present application is provided with a second slot 132 at one end, and a first slot 131 at the other end; and the second vertical beam 102 is provided with a third slot at one end. A card slot 131 is provided at the other end, and a second card slot 132 is provided at the other end. In this way, the plurality of first vertical beams 101 and the plurality of second vertical beams 102 can be spliced end-to-end in sequence through the plurality of vertical beam splicing pieces 15 to form a longer splicing beam 810, which can still ensure better vertical load bearing. ability.
可选的,装配结构200包括支架210,支架210上凸设有弯折延伸的挂钩214,其中挂钩214适于插入梁架100的安装孔11以勾挂住梁架100,挂钩214用于形成配合件201。Optionally, the assembly structure 200 includes a bracket 210. A bent and extended hook 214 is protruding from the bracket 210. The hook 214 is adapted to be inserted into the mounting hole 11 of the beam frame 100 to hook the beam frame 100. The hook 214 is used to form a Fitting parts 201.
根据本申请的一个实施例,如图1所示,置物系统1000可以包括梁架100,多个支架210分别被安装于梁架100,以悬空地支撑置物网片320,用于放置物品。According to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 1 , the storage system 1000 may include a beam frame 100 , and a plurality of brackets 210 are respectively installed on the beam frame 100 to support the storage mesh 320 in a suspended manner for placing items.
可选的,置物系统1000还包括承载结构300,承载结构300用于承载物品,承载结构300连接于装配结构200,并通过装配结构200可拆卸地安装于竖梁10。Optionally, the storage system 1000 also includes a load-bearing structure 300. The load-bearing structure 300 is used to load items. The load-bearing structure 300 is connected to the assembly structure 200, and is detachably installed on the vertical beam 10 through the assembly structure 200.
可以理解,置物系统1000也可以通过装配结构200来承载物品,在此不做限定。It can be understood that the storage system 1000 can also carry items through the assembly structure 200, which is not limited here.
可选的,承载结构300包括置物网片320。置物网片320可以包括纵横交错地连接的多个杆件3200,以提供用于放置物品的置物区域。Optionally, the load-bearing structure 300 includes a storage mesh 320 . The storage mesh 320 may include a plurality of rods 3200 connected in a criss-cross direction to provide a storage area for placing items.
可选的,承载结构300还包括卡接件330。可选的,卡接件330可以包括用于夹持于支架210的夹持部331和自夹持部331横向延伸的卡扣部332,其中卡扣部332用于卡接置物网片320的杆件3200,以通过卡接件330将置物网片320间接地卡接于支架210。Optionally, the load-bearing structure 300 also includes a clamping member 330 . Optionally, the clamping part 330 may include a clamping part 331 for clamping to the bracket 210 and a buckling part 332 extending transversely from the clamping part 331, wherein the buckling part 332 is used for clamping the storage mesh 320 The rod 3200 is used to indirectly clamp the storage mesh 320 to the bracket 210 through the clamping member 330 .
值得注意的是,由于置物网片320被间接地卡接于支架210,使得刚性较大的置物网片320和支架210无需直接卡接,因此用户只需使用较小的力就能够完成置物系统1000的拆装,避免损坏置物网片320。It is worth noting that since the storage mesh 320 is indirectly connected to the bracket 210, the rigid storage mesh 320 and the bracket 210 do not need to be directly connected, so the user only needs to use less force to complete the storage system. 1000 to avoid damaging the storage mesh 320.
更具体地,本申请的卡接件330可以但不限于由诸如塑料等塑性材料制备而成,以便具有较好的塑性,能够轻微的弹性形变以在满足卡接的同时,避免损伤置物网片320。More specifically, the clamping member 330 of the present application can be made of, but is not limited to, plastic materials such as plastic, so as to have good plasticity and can be slightly elastically deformed to satisfy the clamping requirements while avoiding damage to the storage mesh. 320.
示例性地,如图35、图36以及图38所示,本申请的置物网片320的多个杆件3200可以包括横向延伸的横杆321和纵向延伸的纵杆322,并且横杆321与纵杆322可以通过焊接的方式连接在一起。可以理解的是,本申请的置物网片320中横杆321的数量可以大于纵杆322的数量,相应地横杆321的外径尺寸大于纵杆322的外径尺寸。当然,在本申请的其他示例中,横杆321的数量也可以小于或等于纵杆322的数量,相应地横杆321的外径尺寸也可以小于或等于纵杆322的外径尺寸。For example, as shown in Figures 35, 36 and 38, the plurality of rods 3200 of the storage mesh 320 of the present application may include transversely extending crossbars 321 and longitudinally extending vertical bars 322, and the crossbars 321 and The longitudinal bars 322 may be connected together by welding. It can be understood that the number of cross bars 321 in the storage mesh 320 of the present application can be greater than the number of longitudinal bars 322. Correspondingly, the outer diameter of the cross bars 321 is greater than the outer diameter of the longitudinal bars 322. Of course, in other examples of this application, the number of cross bars 321 may be less than or equal to the number of longitudinal bars 322 , and accordingly the outer diameter of the cross bars 321 may be less than or equal to the outer diameter of the vertical bars 322 .
此外,如图36、图37以及图40所示,卡接件330的卡扣部332可以包括与夹持部331一体地连接的卡接板3321和被设置于卡接板3321的卡接槽3322,其中卡扣部332的卡接槽3322与置物网片320的杆件3200相匹配,以将杆件3200卡接在卡扣部332的卡接槽3322内。In addition, as shown in FIGS. 36 , 37 and 40 , the buckle part 332 of the buckle 330 may include a buckle plate 3321 integrally connected to the clamping part 331 and a buckle groove provided in the buckle plate 3321 3322, wherein the snap-in groove 3322 of the buckle part 332 matches the rod 3200 of the storage mesh 320, so as to lock the rod 3200 in the buckle groove 3322 of the buckle part 332.
可选地,如图36和图40所示,卡接槽3322在卡接板3321上纵向延伸,以与置物网片320的纵杆322相匹配,用于卡接置物网片320的纵杆322。Optionally, as shown in Figures 36 and 40, the snap-in groove 3322 extends longitudinally on the snap-in plate 3321 to match the longitudinal rods 322 of the storage mesh 320 and is used to engage the longitudinal rods of the storage mesh 320. 322.
可选地,如图37所示,卡扣部332的卡接槽3322的槽口尺寸d稍小于纵杆322的外径尺寸D,以便在将纵杆322按入卡接槽3322内时,卡接槽3322的槽口部位发生轻微变形以牢靠地卡接纵杆322。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 37 , the notch size d of the locking groove 3322 of the buckling part 332 is slightly smaller than the outer diameter D of the longitudinal rod 322 , so that when the longitudinal rod 322 is pressed into the locking groove 3322 , The notch portion of the engaging groove 3322 is slightly deformed to reliably engage the longitudinal rod 322 .
可选地,如图36和图37所示,每个卡接件330的卡扣部332可以包括多个卡接槽3322,并且多个卡接槽3322被横向排布于卡接板3321,以分别卡接于不同的纵杆322,有助于进一步增强卡接件330的卡扣部332与置物网片320之间的卡接牢靠性。可以理解的是,本申请的卡接板3321上相邻的两个卡接槽3322之间的间距等于置物网片320中相邻的两个纵杆322之间的间距,以防置物网片320的纵杆322与卡扣部332的卡接板3321发生结构干涉。Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 36 and 37 , the buckle portion 332 of each buckle 330 may include a plurality of buckle grooves 3322 , and the plurality of buckle grooves 3322 are arranged laterally on the buckle plate 3321 , Being respectively locked into different vertical bars 322 helps to further enhance the snapping reliability between the snapping portion 332 of the snapping component 330 and the storage mesh 320 . It can be understood that the spacing between two adjacent snapping grooves 3322 on the snapping plate 3321 of the present application is equal to the spacing between two adjacent vertical bars 322 in the storage mesh 320 to prevent the storage mesh from being There is structural interference between the vertical rod 322 of 320 and the clamping plate 3321 of the clamping part 332.
可选地,如图36和图37所示,卡扣部332的卡接槽3322的槽口朝上,以便将纵杆322自上至下卡入卡接槽3322,进而通过卡接板3321稳定地支撑置物网片320。可以理解的是,正是由于本申请的卡扣部332自夹持部331横向延伸,且卡接槽3322的槽口朝上,因此卡扣部332的卡接板3321能够伸至置物网片320的下方,以通过横向排布的多个卡接槽3322分别卡接不同的纵杆322,不仅能够通过卡接槽3322实现稳定的卡接,还能够通过卡接板3321稳定地支撑置物网片320,提高置物网片320的承载能力。
Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 36 and 37 , the notch of the locking groove 3322 of the buckling part 332 faces upward, so that the longitudinal rod 322 can be locked into the locking groove 3322 from top to bottom, and then pass through the locking plate 3321 Stably support the storage mesh 320 . It can be understood that because the buckle part 332 of the present application extends laterally from the clamping part 331 and the notch of the buckle groove 3322 faces upward, the buckle plate 3321 of the buckle part 332 can extend to the storage mesh. Below 320, different longitudinal rods 322 are respectively engaged with multiple clamping slots 3322 arranged laterally. Not only can stable clamping be achieved through the clamping slots 3322, but the storage net can also be stably supported by the clamping plate 3321. piece 320 to improve the carrying capacity of the storage mesh piece 320.
此外,由于卡接板3321的纵向尺寸往往大于支架210的厚度,因此在卡接板3321上纵向延伸的卡接槽3322的长度足够长,以增大卡扣部332与纵杆322之间的卡接面积,提高卡接稳定性。In addition, since the longitudinal dimension of the clamping plate 3321 is often larger than the thickness of the bracket 210, the length of the longitudinally extending clamping groove 3322 on the clamping plate 3321 is long enough to increase the gap between the clamping portion 332 and the longitudinal rod 322. The clamping area improves the stability of clamping.
根据本申请的上述实施例,如图37和图40所示,卡接件330的夹持部331可以包括自卡扣部332竖向延伸的一对夹持臂3311,以在夹持臂3311之间形成用于夹持支架210的夹持空间3310。这样,当卡接件330的夹持部331夹持支架210时,夹持臂3311分别位于支架210的两侧,以横向地限制夹持部331在支架210上的夹持位置,有助于卡接件330的夹持部331可靠地夹持支架210。According to the above-described embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIGS. 37 and 40 , the clamping portion 331 of the clamping member 330 may include a pair of clamping arms 3311 extending vertically from the clamping portion 332 , so that the clamping arms 3311 A clamping space 3310 for clamping the bracket 210 is formed therebetween. In this way, when the clamping part 331 of the clamping member 330 clamps the bracket 210, the clamping arms 3311 are respectively located on both sides of the bracket 210 to laterally limit the clamping position of the clamping part 331 on the bracket 210, which helps The clamping portion 331 of the clamping member 330 clamps the bracket 210 reliably.
可选地,如图38和图39所示,支架210上设有与卡接件330的夹持部331相匹配的限位槽211,并且卡接件330的夹持部331用于夹持于支架210上的限位槽211,以纵向地限制夹持部331在支架210上的夹持位置,防止卡接件330沿着支架210纵向滑动。可以理解的是,本申请的卡接件330可以通过夹持部331与限位槽211之间的配合而稳定地夹持在支架210上的固定位置,防止发生相对滑动。Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 38 and 39 , the bracket 210 is provided with a limiting groove 211 that matches the clamping portion 331 of the clamping member 330 , and the clamping portion 331 of the clamping member 330 is used for clamping. The limiting groove 211 on the bracket 210 longitudinally limits the clamping position of the clamping portion 331 on the bracket 210 and prevents the clamping member 330 from sliding longitudinally along the bracket 210 . It can be understood that the clamping member 330 of the present application can be stably clamped at a fixed position on the bracket 210 through the cooperation between the clamping portion 331 and the limiting groove 211 to prevent relative sliding.
可选地,如图37和图39所示,支架210上进一步设有与限位槽211邻近的限位孔212。卡接件330的夹持部331进一步包括自夹持臂3311的内侧面凸起的限位体3312,并且夹持部331的限位体3312与支架210上的限位孔212相匹配,用于在卡接件330的夹持部331夹持于支架210的限位槽211时,夹持部331的限位体3312嵌入支架210的限位孔212,以全方位地限制夹持部331在支架210上的夹持位置,防止卡接件330在支架210上晃动。可以理解的是,在本申请的其他示例中,限位孔212和限位体3312的位置可以互换,也就是说:限位孔212可以设于夹持部331的夹持臂3311,而限位体3312则可以对应地位于支架210。Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 37 and 39 , the bracket 210 is further provided with a limiting hole 212 adjacent to the limiting groove 211 . The clamping part 331 of the clamping member 330 further includes a limiting body 3312 protruding from the inner side of the clamping arm 3311, and the limiting body 3312 of the clamping part 331 matches the limiting hole 212 on the bracket 210. When the clamping part 331 of the clamping member 330 is clamped in the limiting groove 211 of the bracket 210, the limiting body 3312 of the clamping part 331 is embedded in the limiting hole 212 of the bracket 210 to limit the clamping part 331 in all directions. In the clamping position on the bracket 210, the latch 330 is prevented from shaking on the bracket 210. It can be understood that in other examples of this application, the positions of the limiting hole 212 and the limiting body 3312 can be interchanged, that is to say: the limiting hole 212 can be provided on the clamping arm 3311 of the clamping portion 331, and The limiting body 3312 can be located on the bracket 210 accordingly.
示例性地,如图35所示,每个置物系统1000可以包括梁架100、纵向排布的两个支架210、一个置物网片320以及四个卡接件330。两个支架210被间隔地布置,并且每个支架210上间隔设置有两个限位槽211;每个卡接件330的夹持部331被对应地夹持于支架210的限位槽211处,并且每个卡接件330的卡扣部332被对应地卡接于置物网片320的纵杆322。For example, as shown in FIG. 35 , each storage system 1000 may include a beam frame 100 , two longitudinally arranged brackets 210 , a storage mesh 320 and four clamping members 330 . The two brackets 210 are spaced apart, and each bracket 210 is provided with two limiting grooves 211 at intervals; the clamping portion 331 of each clamping member 330 is correspondingly clamped at the limiting groove 211 of the bracket 210 , and the buckle portion 332 of each buckle 330 is correspondingly buckled with the longitudinal rod 322 of the storage mesh 320 .
可选地,四个卡接件330位于置物网片320的四角处,以便将置物网片320稳定地卡接于支架210,提高置物系统的整体结构稳定性,以便承载更重的物品。Optionally, four clamping members 330 are located at the four corners of the storage mesh 320 to stably clamp the storage mesh 320 to the bracket 210 and improve the overall structural stability of the storage system to support heavier items.
值得注意的是,为了便于取放物品(如鞋子),置物系统1000中的置物网片320可以倾斜放置;而为了放置物品从置物网片320上滑落,本申请的置物网片320中的纵杆322通常先斜向下地纵向延伸,再向上竖向延伸,以在置物网片320的上方形成置物空间,便于收纳存放物品。It is worth noting that, in order to facilitate access to items (such as shoes), the storage mesh 320 in the storage system 1000 can be placed at an angle; and in order to prevent items from sliding off the storage mesh 320, the vertical portion of the storage mesh 320 in the present application can be tilted. The rod 322 usually extends vertically diagonally downward first, and then extends vertically upward to form a storage space above the storage mesh 320 to facilitate storage of items.
此外,当物品被放入置物网片320时,物品在自身重力的作用下将对置物网片320施加斜向下的纵向推力,容易引起置物网片320的纵杆322在卡接件330的卡接槽3322内纵向滑动,导致置物系统1000的整体结构稳定性变差。为了解决这一问题,如图36和图38所示,本申请的置物系统1000的支架210可以进一步设有与置物网片320的横杆321相匹配的勾槽213,用于勾挂横杆321,以防置物网片320的纵杆322在卡接槽3322内纵向滑动。In addition, when an object is placed into the storage mesh 320 , the object will exert an oblique downward longitudinal thrust on the storage mesh 320 under the action of its own gravity, which may easily cause the vertical rod 322 of the storage mesh 320 to slide against the clamping member 330 The longitudinal sliding in the latching groove 3322 causes the overall structural stability of the storage system 1000 to deteriorate. In order to solve this problem, as shown in Figures 36 and 38, the bracket 210 of the storage system 1000 of the present application can be further provided with a hook groove 213 that matches the cross bar 321 of the storage mesh 320 for hooking the cross bar. 321, to prevent the longitudinal rod 322 of the storage mesh 320 from sliding longitudinally in the clamping groove 3322.
可选地,如图38和图39所示,支架210上的勾槽213位于支架210的端部,用于勾挂置物网片320中最外侧的横杆321,这样在组装置物系统1000时,只需要先将置物网片320的横杆321勾挂于支架210的勾槽213内,再以勾槽213为轴转动置物网片320,就能够将置物网片320的纵杆322卡入卡接件330的卡接槽3322内,有助于在提高结构稳定性的同时,降低组装难度。Optionally, as shown in Figures 38 and 39, the hook groove 213 on the bracket 210 is located at the end of the bracket 210 and is used to hook the outermost crossbar 321 of the storage mesh 320, so that when assembling the object system 1000 , you only need to first hook the horizontal bar 321 of the storage mesh 320 into the hook groove 213 of the bracket 210, and then rotate the storage mesh 320 with the hook groove 213 as an axis, so that the vertical rod 322 of the storage mesh 320 can be snapped in The clamping groove 3322 of the clamping member 330 helps to improve the structural stability and reduce the difficulty of assembly.
值得注意的是,由于置物网片320由纵横交错的横杆321和纵杆322拼接而成,使得置物网片320存在诸多网眼,导致置物网片320的横杆321和纵杆322之间容易积灰且难以清理,因此为了解决这一问题,如图35和图38所示,本申请的鞋架组套500可以进一步包括搁板本体361,其中搁板本体361适于盖设在置物网片320的上方,以从上方遮盖置物网片320,防止置物网片320的横杆321和纵杆322之间积灰。It is worth noting that since the storage mesh 320 is made up of criss-crossed horizontal bars 321 and vertical bars 322, there are many meshes in the storage mesh 320, which makes it easy for the horizontal bars 321 and the vertical bars 322 of the storage mesh 320 to fall apart. Dust accumulates and is difficult to clean. Therefore, in order to solve this problem, as shown in Figures 35 and 38, the shoe rack set 500 of the present application can further include a shelf body 361, wherein the shelf body 361 is suitable for covering the storage net. above the sheet 320 to cover the storage net sheet 320 from above to prevent dust accumulation between the horizontal bars 321 and vertical bars 322 of the storage mesh sheet 320.
可选地,搁板本体361具有光滑的上表面,以便清理积灰;搁板本体361设有自下表面凹陷的卡槽,用于卡接置物网片320的横杆321,以便将搁板本体361稳定地安装在置物网片320的上方。Optionally, the shelf body 361 has a smooth upper surface to facilitate cleaning of accumulated dust; the shelf body 361 is provided with a slot recessed from the lower surface for engaging the crossbar 321 of the storage mesh 320 so that the shelf can be The main body 361 is stably installed above the storage mesh 320 .
此外,如图35和图37所示,本申请的鞋架组套500可以进一步包括端盖本体362,其中端盖本体362被对应地设置于置物网片320的侧方,以从侧方遮挡置物网片320,不仅能够防止横杆321和纵杆322之间积灰,而且还能够改善鞋架的整体美观度。In addition, as shown in FIGS. 35 and 37 , the shoe rack set 500 of the present application may further include an end cover body 362 , wherein the end cover body 362 is correspondingly disposed on the side of the storage mesh 320 to block it from the side. The storage mesh 320 can not only prevent dust accumulation between the horizontal bars 321 and the vertical bars 322, but also improve the overall aesthetics of the shoe rack.
可选的,承载结构300还包括置物搁板360,置物搁板360用于装配于置物网片320及/或支架210,
以在遮盖置物网片320上网眼的同时,用于置物物品。Optionally, the load-bearing structure 300 also includes a storage shelf 360, which is used to be assembled to the storage mesh 320 and/or the bracket 210, It can be used to store items while covering the mesh of the storage mesh 320 .
如图2、图3以及图7至图10所示,置物搁板360可以包括搁板本体361和端盖本体362。搁板本体361具有纵向排布的多个成型孔3611、被限位定型的至少两个定型槽3612以及用于与置物网片320配合的配合槽3613;多个成型孔3611横向地贯穿搁板本体361的左端面3601和右端面3602;至少两个定型槽3612被定位地分布于多个成型孔3611之间。端盖本体362包括端盖板体3621和凸设于端盖板体3621的至少两个端盖插件3622;端盖插件3622一一对应地插接于定型槽3612内,以通过端盖板体3621遮盖搁板本体361的左端面3601或右端面3602,避免搁板本体361上成型孔3611的开口被裸露在外而积灰,便于打理,且能够改善置物系统1000的整体美观。As shown in FIGS. 2 , 3 and 7 to 10 , the storage shelf 360 may include a shelf body 361 and an end cover body 362 . The shelf body 361 has a plurality of longitudinally arranged forming holes 3611, at least two forming grooves 3612 that are limited and shaped, and a matching groove 3613 for cooperating with the storage mesh 320; the plurality of forming holes 3611 penetrate the shelf laterally. The left end surface 3601 and the right end surface 3602 of the body 361; at least two shaping grooves 3612 are positioned and distributed between a plurality of shaping holes 3611. The end cover body 362 includes an end cover plate body 3621 and at least two end cover plug-ins 3622 protruding from the end cover plate body 3621; the end cover plug-ins 3622 are inserted into the shaping groove 3612 in a one-to-one correspondence to pass through the end cover plate body. 3621 covers the left end surface 3601 or the right end surface 3602 of the shelf body 361 to prevent the opening of the molded hole 3611 on the shelf body 361 from being exposed and collecting dust, which is convenient for maintenance and can improve the overall appearance of the storage system 1000.
值得注意的是,虽然本申请的置物搁板360中的搁板本体361在成型过程中所形成的成型孔3611也能够供端盖插件3622插接,但由于搁板本体361通常是由PVC(英文:Poly Vinyl Chloride;中文:聚氯乙烯)材料制备而成,因此搁板本体361在成型过程中容易发生形变,导致成型孔3611的尺寸或位置发生改变,难以与端盖插件3622的尺寸和位置匹配。It is worth noting that although the molding hole 3611 formed during the molding process of the shelf body 361 in the storage shelf 360 of the present application can also be used for the end cover plug-in 3622 to be inserted, the shelf body 361 is usually made of PVC ( English: Poly Vinyl Chloride; Chinese: Polyvinyl Chloride), so the shelf body 361 is easily deformed during the molding process, causing the size or position of the molding hole 3611 to change, making it difficult to match the size and position of the end cover insert 3622. Location match.
然而,由于本申请的搁板本体361上的定型槽3612是限位定型的,即搁板本体361在冷却定型过程中通过模具限位块来限定定型槽3612的定型位置,以减少冷却过程中的形变,因此搁板本体361上至少两个定型槽3612之间的间距是相对固定的,便于更好地与端盖本体362的端盖插件3622插接,使得搁板本体361和端盖本体362能够实现较好地夹紧配合,避免出现装配不牢或不能装配的问题。可以理解的是,本申请所提及的横向方向可以指的是搁板本体361的左右方向;本申请所提及的纵向方向可以指的是搁板本体361的前后方向;本申请所提及的竖向方向可以指的是搁板本体361的上下方向。However, since the shaping groove 3612 on the shelf body 361 of the present application is limited and shaped, that is, the shelf body 361 uses the mold limiter to limit the shaping position of the shaping groove 3612 during the cooling and shaping process, so as to reduce the cooling process. deformation, so the spacing between at least two shaping grooves 3612 on the shelf body 361 is relatively fixed, which facilitates better insertion with the end cover plug-in 3622 of the end cover body 362, so that the shelf body 361 and the end cover body 362 can achieve a better clamping fit and avoid the problem of weak or impossible assembly. It can be understood that the transverse direction mentioned in this application may refer to the left-right direction of the shelf body 361; the longitudinal direction mentioned in this application may refer to the front-to-back direction of the shelf body 361; The vertical direction may refer to the up and down direction of the shelf body 361 .
可选地,如图2和图6所示,本申请的搁板本体361具有相对布置的上表面3603和下表面3604,搁板本体361的配合槽3613的槽口朝下,以便卡扣于置物网片320的上方,使得物品被放置在搁板本体361的上表面3603。可以理解的是,本申请的搁板本体361的上表面3603通常是光滑的,以便打理。Optionally, as shown in Figures 2 and 6, the shelf body 361 of the present application has an upper surface 3603 and a lower surface 3604 arranged oppositely, and the notch of the mating groove 3613 of the shelf body 361 is facing downward, so as to be snapped into place. Above the storage mesh 320, items are placed on the upper surface 3603 of the shelf body 361. It can be understood that the upper surface 3603 of the shelf body 361 of the present application is usually smooth for easy care.
可选地,如图6、图8以及图10所示,搁板本体361的定型槽3612包括槽腔36121和与槽腔36121连通的槽口36122;槽腔36121横向地贯穿搁板本体361的左端面3601和右端面3602;槽口36122位于搁板本体361的下表面3604。这样,在搁板本体361被挤出成型后,冷却定型模具在承托搁板本体361的下表面3604的同时,模具上的限位块将插入定型槽3612的槽口36122,以在冷却定型时限定定型槽3612的相对位置,使得定型槽3612之间的间距不随冷却形变而改变,有助于减少因形变产生的不良率。Optionally, as shown in Figures 6, 8 and 10, the shaped groove 3612 of the shelf body 361 includes a groove 36121 and a notch 36122 connected with the groove 36121; the groove 36121 runs through the shelf body 361 laterally. The left end surface 3601 and the right end surface 3602; the notch 36122 is located on the lower surface 3604 of the shelf body 361. In this way, after the shelf body 361 is extruded, the cooling and shaping mold supports the lower surface 3604 of the shelf body 361 and at the same time, the limiting block on the mold will be inserted into the notch 36122 of the shaping groove 3612 to prevent the cooling and shaping process. The relative positions of the shaping grooves 3612 are time-limited so that the spacing between the shaping grooves 3612 does not change with the cooling deformation, which helps to reduce the defect rate caused by deformation.
更可选地,定型槽3612中槽口36122的横向尺寸等于槽腔36121的横向尺寸;且槽口36122的纵向尺寸小于槽腔36121的纵向尺寸。这样,在搁板本体361冷却定型的过程中,冷却定型模具上的限位块能够沿着定型槽3612的槽口36122横向滑动,以便边滑动边冷却定型,满足流水线作业的需求。与此同时,端盖本体362的端盖插件3622能够插入定型槽3612的槽腔36121,而不会从槽口36122处脱出,有助于提高端盖本体362与搁板本体361之间夹紧配合的牢靠度。More optionally, the lateral size of the notch 36122 in the shaped groove 3612 is equal to the lateral size of the groove cavity 36121; and the longitudinal size of the notch 36122 is smaller than the longitudinal size of the groove cavity 36121. In this way, during the cooling and shaping process of the shelf body 361, the limiting block on the cooling and shaping mold can slide laterally along the notch 36122 of the shaping groove 3612, so that the shelf body 361 can be cooled and shaped while sliding, thereby meeting the needs of assembly line operations. At the same time, the end cap insert 3622 of the end cap body 362 can be inserted into the cavity 36121 of the shaping groove 3612 without coming out of the slot 36122, which helps to improve the clamping between the end cap body 362 and the shelf body 361 The reliability of the fit.
可选地,如图6和图10所示,搁板本体361的配合槽3613可以是由搁板本体361的下表面3604向上凹陷而成,以形成槽口朝下的配合槽3613,便于卡扣于置物网架的置物网片320。这样,搁板本体361在冷却定型时,冷却定型模具上可以进一步设有与配合槽3613相匹配的限位块,以便减小配合槽3613的冷却形变,有助于提高搁板本体361和置物网片320之间的卡扣稳定性。Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 6 and 10 , the mating groove 3613 of the shelf body 361 may be recessed upward from the lower surface 3604 of the shelf body 361 to form a mating groove 3613 with the notch facing downward to facilitate latching. The storage mesh piece 320 is fastened to the storage mesh frame. In this way, when the shelf body 361 is being cooled and shaped, the cooling and shaping mold can be further provided with a limiting block that matches the fitting groove 3613, so as to reduce the cooling deformation of the fitting groove 3613 and help improve the shelf body 361 and the storage space. The snapping stability between the mesh pieces 320.
更可选地,端盖本体362中某些端盖插件3622也可以对应地插接于搁板本体361的配合槽3613内,以便进一步增加端盖本体362与搁板本体361之间的插接稳定性。More optionally, some end cap plug-ins 3622 in the end cap body 362 can also be plugged into the matching grooves 3613 of the shelf body 361 accordingly, so as to further increase the insertion connection between the end cap body 362 and the shelf body 361 stability.
值得注意的是,如图3和图11所示,本申请的置物网片320可以包括多个杆件3200,多个杆件3200被纵横交错地连接,以提供用于放置物品的置物区域。换言之,置物网片320可以包括多个纵杆322和多个横杆321,纵杆322和横杆321纵横交错地连接,以形成网状结构。可以理解的是,本申请的纵杆322和横杆321可以但不限于通过焊接方式被连接在一起。It is worth noting that, as shown in FIGS. 3 and 11 , the storage mesh 320 of the present application may include a plurality of rods 3200 , and the plurality of rods 3200 are connected in a crisscross manner to provide a storage area for placing items. In other words, the storage mesh 320 may include a plurality of vertical rods 322 and a plurality of horizontal rods 321, and the vertical rods 322 and the horizontal rods 321 are connected in a criss-cross manner to form a network structure. It can be understood that the longitudinal rod 322 and the horizontal rod 321 of the present application can be connected together by, but are not limited to, welding.
示例性地,如图6所示,搁板本体361的配合槽3613与置物网片320的横杆321相匹配,置物网片320的横杆321被卡合于搁板本体361的配合槽3613内,以实现置物网片320和搁板本体361之间的稳定装配。For example, as shown in Figure 6, the fitting groove 3613 of the shelf body 361 matches the cross bar 321 of the storage mesh 320, and the cross bar 321 of the storage mesh 320 is engaged with the matching groove 3613 of the shelf body 361. to achieve stable assembly between the storage mesh 320 and the shelf body 361.
可选的,承载结构300还包括卡固连接件370,卡固连接件370被对应地卡接于支架210和置物网
片320之间,以将置物网片320卡持于支架210,用于置放物品。Optionally, the load-bearing structure 300 also includes a clamping connector 370, which is correspondingly clamped to the bracket 210 and the storage net. Between the pieces 320, the storage mesh 320 is clamped on the bracket 210 for placing items.
此外,如图4、图5以及图12所示,卡固连接件370可以包括承托体371、自承托体371向下延伸的下卡接臂372以及自承托体371向上延伸的上卡接臂373;卡固连接件370的下卡接臂372骑跨于支架210的两侧,以使承托体371稳定地保持在支架210的上方;卡固连接件370的上卡接臂373搭扣于置物网片320的杆件3200,且卡固连接件370的承托体371承载住置物网片320的杆件3200,以使置物网片320被稳定地保持在支架210的上方,便于置放物品。In addition, as shown in FIGS. 4 , 5 and 12 , the clamping connector 370 may include a supporting body 371 , a lower clamping arm 372 extending downward from the supporting body 371 , and an upper clamping arm 372 extending upward from the supporting body 371 . The clamping arm 373; the lower clamping arm 372 of the clamping connector 370 rides on both sides of the bracket 210 to keep the supporting body 371 stably above the bracket 210; the upper clamping arm of the clamping connector 370 373 is buckled to the rod 3200 of the storage mesh 320, and the supporting body 371 of the fastening connector 370 supports the rod 3200 of the storage mesh 320, so that the storage mesh 320 is stably maintained above the bracket 210 , convenient for placing items.
可选地,下卡接臂372具有勾状末端,且支架210上设有与勾状末端相匹配的勾槽,以使下卡接臂372在骑跨于支架210时,下卡接臂372的勾状末端勾住支架210的勾槽,增强卡固连接件370与支架210之间的卡接稳定性。Optionally, the lower snap-in arm 372 has a hook-shaped end, and the bracket 210 is provided with a hook groove that matches the hook-shaped end, so that when the lower snap-in arm 372 rides across the bracket 210, the lower snap-in arm 372 The hook-shaped end hooks into the hook groove of the bracket 210 to enhance the stability of the clamping connection between the clamping connector 370 and the bracket 210 .
可选地,卡固连接件370中的上卡接臂373呈三足鼎立式分布,以卡入由两个纵杆322和两个横杆321围成的网眼中,有助于提高卡固连接件370与置物网片320之间的卡接稳定性。Optionally, the upper clamping arms 373 in the clamping connector 370 are distributed in a tripod shape to snap into the mesh surrounded by two longitudinal bars 322 and two horizontal bars 321, which helps to improve the clamping connection. The stability of the snap connection between 370 and the storage mesh 320.
可选地,卡固连接件370中的上卡接臂373也具有勾状末端,用于勾挂住置物网片320中对应的杆件3200,以便进一步增强卡固连接件370与置物网片320之间的卡接稳定性。Optionally, the upper clamping arm 373 in the clamping connector 370 also has a hook-shaped end for hooking the corresponding rod 3200 in the storage mesh 320 to further strengthen the connection between the clamping connector 370 and the storage mesh. 320 card connection stability.
根据本申请的上述实施例,如图9和图10所示,本申请的端盖本体362中的每个端盖插件3622可以包括自端盖板体3621一体地横向延伸的一对插接臂36221,两个插接臂36221被间隔地分布于端盖板体3621,且两个插接臂36221之间的上端间距大于两个插接臂36221之间的下端间距,以便牢靠地插接于搁板本体361的定型槽3612内。According to the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIGS. 9 and 10 , each end cover insert 3622 in the end cover body 362 of the present application may include a pair of plug-in arms that extend laterally from the end cover plate body 3621 integrally. 36221, the two plug-in arms 36221 are spaced apart on the end cover plate body 3621, and the upper end distance between the two plug-in arms 36221 is greater than the lower end distance between the two plug-in arms 36221, so as to be firmly plugged in. In the shaping groove 3612 of the shelf body 361.
可选地,如图6和图10所示,两个插接臂36221在端盖板体3621上自上至下渐远地延伸,以使端盖插件3622在端盖板体3621上的投影呈八字型布置;也就是说,端盖插件3622具有八字型截面,使得在端盖插件3622插接于定型槽3612后,两个插接臂36221的上端部和下端部分别对应地抵压于定型槽3612的上槽壁和下槽壁,且两个插接臂36221的下端部与定型槽3612的下槽壁之间抵压处的间距大于两个插接臂36221的上端部与定型槽3612的上槽壁之间抵压处的间距,便于确保端盖插件3622与搁板本体361的定型槽3612之间稳定地插接。Optionally, as shown in Figures 6 and 10, the two plug-in arms 36221 extend gradually farther from top to bottom on the end cover plate 3621, so that the projection of the end cover plug-in 3622 on the end cover plate 3621 It is arranged in a figure-eight shape; that is to say, the end cover plug-in 3622 has a figure-eight cross-section, so that after the end cover plug-in 3622 is inserted into the shaping groove 3612, the upper and lower ends of the two insertion arms 36221 respectively press against The upper groove wall and the lower groove wall of the shaped groove 3612, and the distance between the lower ends of the two plug-in arms 36221 and the lower groove wall of the shaped groove 3612 is greater than the upper end of the two plug-in arms 36221 and the shaped groove. The spacing between the upper groove walls of 3612 is convenient to ensure stable insertion between the end cover insert 3622 and the shaped groove 3612 of the shelf body 361.
更可选地,如图9和图10所示,端盖插件3622可以进一步包括自端盖板体3621一体地横向延伸的一对加强筋36222,加强筋36222一体地连接于对应的插接臂36221,以增强插接臂36221的结构稳定性,防止插接臂36221因插接形变而折断。More optionally, as shown in FIGS. 9 and 10 , the end cap insert 3622 may further include a pair of reinforcing ribs 36222 integrally and laterally extending from the end cap plate body 3621 , and the reinforcing ribs 36222 are integrally connected to the corresponding plug-in arms. 36221, to enhance the structural stability of the plug-in arm 36221 and prevent the plug-in arm 36221 from breaking due to plug deformation.
最可选地,每个端盖插件3622中的两个加强筋36222位于两个插接臂36221之间,且加强筋36222处于对应的插接臂36221的中部;也就是说,加强筋36222位于对应的插接臂36221的内侧面的中部区域,有助于在加强插接臂36221强度的同时,确保插接臂36221的上端部和下端部能够发生轻微的弹性形变,以紧密地插接至定型槽3612内。可以理解的是,本申请的插接臂36221的内侧面指的是端盖插件3622中一个插接臂36221上邻近或面向另一个插接臂36221的侧面;也就是说,端盖插件3622中两个插接臂36221的内侧面相互面对面地布置。Most optionally, the two reinforcing ribs 36222 in each end cover insert 3622 are located between the two plug-in arms 36221, and the reinforcing rib 36222 is in the middle of the corresponding plug-in arm 36221; that is, the reinforcing rib 36222 is located at The middle area of the inner side of the corresponding plug arm 36221 helps to strengthen the strength of the plug arm 36221 while ensuring that the upper and lower ends of the plug arm 36221 can undergo slight elastic deformation to tightly plug into the In the shaping groove 3612. It can be understood that the inner side of the plug-in arm 36221 in this application refers to the side of one plug-in arm 36221 in the end cover plug-in 3622 adjacent to or facing the other plug-in arm 36221; that is to say, the inner side of the plug-in arm 36221 in the end cover plug-in 3622 The inner sides of the two plug-in arms 36221 are arranged facing each other.
可选的,装配结构200包括基座2311,基座2311上凸设有弯折延伸的挂钩214,其中挂钩214适于插入梁架100的安装孔11以勾挂住梁架100,挂钩214用于形成配合件201。Optionally, the assembly structure 200 includes a base 2311. A bent and extended hook 214 is protruding from the base 2311. The hook 214 is suitable for inserting into the mounting hole 11 of the beam frame 100 to hook the beam frame 100. The hook 214 is used for To form the fitting part 201.
可选的,承载结构300还包括固定件380,固定件380包括连接结构381及防脱结构382,连接结构381的一端用于连接至外部结构,连接结构381的另一端连接防脱结构382,至少两个固定件380上的防脱结构382相互配合,用于安装承载件390,连接结构381与防脱结构382为一体式结构。Optionally, the load-bearing structure 300 also includes a fixing member 380. The fixing member 380 includes a connecting structure 381 and an anti-separation structure 382. One end of the connecting structure 381 is used to connect to an external structure, and the other end of the connecting structure 381 is connected to the anti-separating structure 382. The anti-separation structures 382 on at least two fixing members 380 cooperate with each other and are used to install the bearing member 390. The connecting structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are an integrated structure.
如此设置,在使用固定件380承托承载件390时,固定件380可承载的质量大;固定件380中的连接结构381和防脱结构382采用一体式结构,便于成型安装,并且能够避免固定件380中部分结构老化造成的承载力下降的问题,使得固定件380的承载力能够保持在相对较高的水平。With this arrangement, when the fixing part 380 is used to support the bearing 390, the fixing part 380 can carry a large mass; the connecting structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 in the fixing part 380 adopt an integrated structure, which is convenient for molding and installation, and can avoid fixation. The load-bearing capacity of the fixing member 380 can be maintained at a relatively high level due to the decrease in load-bearing capacity caused by the aging of some structures in the member 380 .
请参阅图49至图52及图60至图61,在一些实施例中,固定件380包括对称设置的第一架体3811及第二架体3812,第一架体3811及第二架体3812相互拼合固定,并形成连接结构381与防脱结构382。Please refer to Figures 49 to 52 and Figures 60 to 61. In some embodiments, the fixing member 380 includes a first frame body 3811 and a second frame body 3812 that are symmetrically arranged. The first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 They are assembled and fixed together to form a connecting structure 381 and an anti-loosening structure 382 .
如此设置,提高连接结构381的抗变形能力,使连接结构381对于防脱结构382的可承载的质量的区间变大,降低连接结构381的更换成本。Such an arrangement improves the deformation resistance of the connecting structure 381, increases the range of the mass that the connecting structure 381 can bear for the anti-separation structure 382, and reduces the replacement cost of the connecting structure 381.
可选的,在本实施例中第一架体3811于第二架体3812拼接形成连接结构381,在本申请的其他实施例中,连接结构381也可被实施为一体式结构或由三个以上的架体拼接而成,只要能提高连接结构
381的抗变形能力即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 are spliced to form a connection structure 381. In other embodiments of the present application, the connection structure 381 can also be implemented as an integrated structure or composed of three The above frames are spliced together, as long as the connection structure can be improved The anti-deformation ability of 381 is sufficient.
可以理解,第一架体3811与第二架体3812之间可以采用扣合、卡接固定、焊接固定、胶接固定等方式固定连接。It can be understood that the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 can be fixedly connected by snapping, snapping, welding, gluing or other methods.
需要特别说明的是,第一架体3811与第二架体3812可以对称设置,也可以不对称设置,只要二者之间能够固定连接并能够承托承载件即可。It should be noted that the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 can be arranged symmetrically or asymmetrically, as long as they can be fixedly connected and can support the bearing member.
请参阅图49至图52及图61,在其中一个实施例中,防脱结构382位于第一架体3811的一端及/或第二架体3812的一端。Please refer to Figures 49 to 52 and 61. In one embodiment, the anti-removal structure 382 is located at one end of the first frame 3811 and/or one end of the second frame 3812.
如此设置,防脱结构382在制造时可按照实际需求进行制造,为固定件380提供个性化的生产空间,更好的承托防脱结构382所承载的承载件390。With this arrangement, the anti-falling structure 382 can be manufactured according to actual needs during manufacturing, providing a personalized production space for the fixing part 380 and better supporting the bearing member 390 carried by the anti-falling structure 382.
可选的,在本实施例中防脱结构382被实施在第一架体3811及第二架体3812上,在本申请的其他实施例中,防脱结构382可只实施在第一架体3811上或防脱结构382只实施在第二架体3812上,只要防脱结构382能更好的保护所承载的承载件390即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, the anti-falling structure 382 is implemented on the first frame 3811 and the second frame 3812. In other embodiments of the present application, the anti-falling structure 382 may be implemented only on the first frame. 3811 or the anti-detachment structure 382 is only implemented on the second frame 3812, as long as the anti-detachment structure 382 can better protect the loaded bearing 390.
可以理解,防脱结构382可以位于固定件380的端部,也可以位于固定件380的中部,在此不做限定。It can be understood that the anti-detachment structure 382 can be located at the end of the fixing piece 380 or in the middle of the fixing piece 380, which is not limited here.
请参阅图60至图61,在其中一个实施例中,固定件380还包括加强件383,加强件383为至少一个,加强件383固设于第一架体3811与第二架体3812之间。Please refer to Figures 60 and 61. In one embodiment, the fixing member 380 also includes at least one reinforcing member 383. The reinforcing member 383 is fixed between the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812. .
如此设置,加强件383可提高固定件380对承载件390的承载能力,提高连接结构381的抗变形能力。With such arrangement, the reinforcing member 383 can improve the bearing capacity of the fixing member 380 on the bearing member 390 and improve the deformation resistance of the connecting structure 381 .
可选的,在本实施例中加强件383被实施在第一架体3811与第二架体3812之间,在本申请的其他实施例中,加强件383也可被实施在第一架体3811背离第二架体3812的一侧或第二架体3812背离第一架体3811的一侧,只要加强件383能提高连接结构381的抗变形能力即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, the reinforcing member 383 is implemented between the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812. In other embodiments of the present application, the reinforcing member 383 can also be implemented between the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812. The side of 3811 facing away from the second frame body 3812 or the side of the second frame body 3812 facing away from the first frame body 3811, as long as the reinforcing member 383 can improve the anti-deformation ability of the connecting structure 381.
可选的,在本实施例中在第一架体3811与第二架体3812之间的加强件383被实施为一个,在本申请的其他实施例中,第一架体3811与第二架体3812之间的加强件383也可被实施为两个或两个以上,只要能提高连接结构381的抗变形能力即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, the reinforcing member 383 between the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 is implemented as one. In other embodiments of the present application, the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 are The reinforcement members 383 between the bodies 3812 can also be implemented as two or more, as long as the resistance to deformation of the connection structure 381 can be improved.
可以理解,在其他实施例中,也可以不设置加强件383,只要固定件380的承载力能够满足需求即可。It can be understood that in other embodiments, the reinforcing member 383 may not be provided, as long as the bearing capacity of the fixing member 380 can meet the requirements.
请参阅图49至图52,在其中一个实施例中,防脱结构382包括支撑片3821,支撑片3821上凸设有卡接块38211,卡接块38211用于卡接承载件390。Please refer to FIGS. 49 to 52 . In one embodiment, the anti-detachment structure 382 includes a support piece 3821 . The support piece 3821 is protruding with a clamping block 38211 , and the clamping block 38211 is used to clamp the bearing member 390 .
如此设置,当承载件390容置于防脱结构382内,卡接块38211可阻碍承载件390脱出支撑片3821,并且卡接块38211能够使得承载件390安装至防脱结构382后更加稳固,不易晃动。With this arrangement, when the load-bearing member 390 is accommodated in the anti-separation structure 382, the snap-in block 38211 can prevent the load-bearing member 390 from coming out of the support piece 3821, and the snap-in block 38211 can make the load-bearing member 390 more stable after being installed in the anti-slip structure 382. Not easy to shake.
可选的,在本实施例中每片支撑片3821上被实施有一个卡接块38211,在本申请的其他实施例中,每片支撑片3821上也可被实施有两个或两个以上卡接块38211,只要防脱结构382能为承载件390提供更适配的容置空间即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, one snap block 38211 is implemented on each support piece 3821. In other embodiments of the present application, two or more clamping blocks 38211 can also be implemented on each support piece 3821. For the snap block 38211, as long as the anti-detachment structure 382 can provide a more suitable accommodation space for the bearing member 390.
可选的,在本实施例中第一架体3811及第二架体3812每片支撑片3821上被实施有一个卡接块38211,在本申请的其他实施例中,也可只在第一架体3811上设有卡接块38211、只在第二架体3812上设有卡接块38211、只在第一架体3811的一端的支撑片3821上设有卡接块38211或只在第一架体3811的一端的支撑片3821上设有卡接块38211,只要能为承载件390提供更加适配的容置空间即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, a snapping block 38211 is implemented on each support piece 3821 of the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812. In other embodiments of the present application, it can also be implemented only on the first frame body 3811. The frame body 3811 is provided with a snap-in block 38211, the second frame body 3812 is provided with a snap-in block 38211, the support piece 3821 at one end of the first frame body 3811 is provided with a snap-in block 38211, or only the second frame body 3811 is provided with a snap-in block 38211. The support piece 3821 at one end of the frame body 3811 is provided with a clamping block 38211, as long as it can provide a more suitable accommodation space for the bearing member 390.
可以理解,在其他实施例中,也可以通过其他结构实现卡接定位的功能,在此不做限定。It can be understood that in other embodiments, the function of snapping and positioning can also be realized through other structures, which is not limited here.
请参阅图49至图52,在其中一个实施例中,连接结构381包括定位件3813,定位件3813用于与基座2311连接。Referring to FIGS. 49 to 52 , in one embodiment, the connection structure 381 includes a positioning member 3813 , and the positioning member 3813 is used to connect with the base 2311 .
如此设置,连接结构381与基座2311的连接更加稳定,当固定件380与基座2311连接时,定位件3813避免连接结构381与基座2311相脱离。With this arrangement, the connection between the connecting structure 381 and the base 2311 is more stable. When the fixing member 380 is connected to the base 2311, the positioning member 3813 prevents the connecting structure 381 from being separated from the base 2311.
可选的,在本实施例中定位件3813被实施为勾状,在本申请的其他实施例中,定位件3813也可被实施为V型或其他形状,只要定位件3813能实现基座2311与固定件380的连接即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, the positioning member 3813 is implemented as a hook. In other embodiments of the present application, the positioning member 3813 can also be implemented as a V-shaped or other shape, as long as the positioning member 3813 can realize the base 2311 The connection with the fixing member 380 is sufficient.
可选的,在本实施例中第一架体3811与第二架体3812上皆设有一个定位件3813,两个定位件3813对称设置,在本申请的其他实施例中,定位件3813也可只被实施在第一架体3811上或定位件3813只
被实施在第二架体3812上,只要连接结构381能与基座2311稳定连接即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, both the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 are provided with a positioning member 3813, and the two positioning members 3813 are symmetrically arranged. In other embodiments of the present application, the positioning member 3813 is also provided. can be implemented only on the first frame 3811 or the positioning member 3813 It is implemented on the second frame 3812, as long as the connection structure 381 can be stably connected to the base 2311.
可选的,在本实施例中连接结构381通过定位件3813可拆卸地与基座2311连接,在本申请的其他实施例中,连接结构381与基座2311的连接也可被实施为焊接或利用其他结构卡接连接,只要固定件380能与基座2311稳定连接即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, the connection structure 381 is detachably connected to the base 2311 through the positioning member 3813. In other embodiments of the present application, the connection between the connection structure 381 and the base 2311 can also be implemented by welding or welding. Other structures can be used for snap connection, as long as the fixing part 380 can be stably connected to the base 2311.
请参阅图49至图62,在其中一个实施例中,固定件380为钣金件,且连接结构381与防脱结构382之间弯折成型。Please refer to Figures 49 to 62. In one embodiment, the fixing component 380 is a sheet metal component, and the connecting structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are bent and formed.
如此设置,固定件380整体金属强度相同,不易发生局部变形,降低固定件380的更换成本;连接结构381与防脱结构382之间弯折成型,从而降低固定件380的制造难度,提高生产效率。With this arrangement, the overall metal strength of the fixing part 380 is the same, and local deformation is not easy to occur, which reduces the replacement cost of the fixing part 380; the connection structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are bent and formed, thereby reducing the manufacturing difficulty of the fixing part 380 and improving production efficiency. .
可选的,在本实施例中固定件380被实施为钣金件,在本申请的其他实施例中,固定件380也可被实施为金属件或塑料件,只要固定件380能为承载件390提供相适配的承载能力即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, the fixing part 380 is implemented as a sheet metal part. In other embodiments of the present application, the fixing part 380 can also be implemented as a metal part or a plastic part, as long as the fixing part 380 can be a bearing part. 390 can provide suitable carrying capacity.
可选的,在本实施例中连接结构381与防脱结构382被实施为一体式弯折成型,在本申请的其他实施例中,连接结构381与防脱结构382也可以被实施为分体成型后固定连接,只要固定件380能为承载件390提供相适配的承载能力即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, the connecting structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are implemented as one-piece bending molding. In other embodiments of the present application, the connecting structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 can also be implemented as separate bodies. After molding, the connection is fixed, as long as the fixing part 380 can provide a suitable load-bearing capacity for the load-bearing part 390.
请参阅图49至图62,在其中一个实施例中,防脱结构382为弧形。Please refer to Figures 49 to 62. In one embodiment, the anti-separation structure 382 is arc-shaped.
如此设置,可避免防脱结构382发生局部应力集中的现象,延长防脱结构382的使用寿命,降低更换成本。请参阅图59至图61及图56至图57,在其中一个实施例中,防脱结构382为孔形。Such arrangement can avoid local stress concentration in the anti-separation structure 382, extend the service life of the anti-separation structure 382, and reduce replacement costs. Please refer to Figures 59 to 61 and Figures 56 to 57. In one embodiment, the anti-separation structure 382 is hole-shaped.
如此设置,避免承载件390从防脱结构382内脱出,更好的保护承载件390,提高固定件380的安全性与可靠性。Such an arrangement prevents the bearing member 390 from coming out of the anti-detachment structure 382, better protects the bearing member 390, and improves the safety and reliability of the fixing member 380.
可以理解,在其他实施例中,防脱结构382也可以是其他形状,如U形、椭圆形等,在此不做限定。It can be understood that in other embodiments, the anti-off structure 382 can also be in other shapes, such as U-shaped, elliptical, etc., which is not limited here.
请参阅图49至图62,在其中一个实施例中,连接结构381为“J”形或“L”形。如此设置,便于使用者随时取放承载件390于防脱结构382上,提高固定件380使用的灵活性。Referring to Figures 49 to 62, in one embodiment, the connection structure 381 is "J" shaped or "L" shaped. This arrangement makes it convenient for the user to place the bearing member 390 on the anti-removal structure 382 at any time, thereby improving the flexibility of use of the fixing member 380 .
可以理解,在其他实施例中,连接结构381也可以是其他形状,如三角形、长条形、弧面形等,在此不做限定。It can be understood that in other embodiments, the connection structure 381 can also be in other shapes, such as triangle, strip, arc shape, etc., which are not limited here.
请参阅图49至图55、图57、图59及图62,本申请还提供支撑组件231,支撑组件231包括基座2311及固定件380,固定件380为上述固定件380,固定件380通过连接结构381安装在基座2311上,基座2311用于连接外部结构。Please refer to Figures 49 to 55, Figure 57, Figure 59 and Figure 62. This application also provides a support component 231. The support component 231 includes a base 2311 and a fixing part 380. The fixing part 380 is the above-mentioned fixing part 380. The fixing part 380 passes The connection structure 381 is installed on the base 2311, and the base 2311 is used to connect external structures.
如此设置,基座2311为固定件380提供支撑,基座2311可与外部结构连接,拓宽固定件380可使用的场景与范围,为使用者提供更具有个性化的使用体验。With this arrangement, the base 2311 provides support for the fixing member 380, and the base 2311 can be connected to the external structure, broadening the use scenarios and range of the fixing member 380, and providing the user with a more personalized use experience.
图49至图62在其中一个实施例中,基座2311呈“L”形或三角形。In one embodiment of FIGS. 49 to 62 , the base 2311 is in an "L" shape or a triangle.
如此设置,基座2311的承载能力较好,可为固定件380提供较强的支撑,提高支撑组件231使用时的安全性,为使用者提供更加安全的使用环境。With this arrangement, the base 2311 has better load-bearing capacity, can provide strong support for the fixing member 380, improve the safety of the support assembly 231 when used, and provide a safer usage environment for the user.
可选的,在本实施例中基座2311被实施为“L”形或三角形,在本申请的其他实施例中,基座2311也可被实施为弧型或“Z”型等其他形状,只要基座2311能为固定件380提供相适配的支撑即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, the base 2311 is implemented as an "L" shape or a triangle. In other embodiments of the present application, the base 2311 may also be implemented as an arc shape, a "Z" shape, or other other shapes. As long as the base 2311 can provide suitable support for the fixing member 380.
请参阅阅图49至图55、图57、图59及图62,本申请还提供支撑组套230,支撑组套230包括承载件390及至少两个固定件380,固定件380为上述固定件380,承载件390通过两个固定件380上的防脱结构382定位安装。Please refer to Figures 49 to 55, Figure 57, Figure 59 and Figure 62. This application also provides a support set 230. The support set 230 includes a load-bearing part 390 and at least two fixing parts 380. The fixing parts 380 are the above-mentioned fixing parts. 380, the bearing member 390 is positioned and installed through the anti-detachment structures 382 on the two fixing members 380.
如此设置,两个固定件380能为承载件390提供更加适配的承载空间,提高支撑组套230的使用场景与承载能力。With this arrangement, the two fixing members 380 can provide a more suitable bearing space for the bearing member 390 and improve the use scenarios and bearing capacity of the support set 230 .
请参阅阅图49至图55、图57、图59及图62,在其中一个实施例中,支撑组套230还包括基座2311,固定件380通过连接结构381安装在基座2311上。Please refer to Figures 49 to 55, 57, 59 and 62. In one embodiment, the support set 230 further includes a base 2311, and the fixing member 380 is installed on the base 2311 through the connecting structure 381.
如此设置,基座2311为承载件390及两个固定件380提供稳定支撑,提高支撑组套230的安全性。With this arrangement, the base 2311 provides stable support for the bearing member 390 and the two fixing members 380, thereby improving the safety of the support set 230.
可选的,在本实施例中固定件380与基座2311之间的连接被实施为焊接或螺栓连接,在本申请的其他实施例中,固定件380与基座2311的连接方式也可被实施为卡接、抱箍连接或胶结,只要固定件380与基座2311之间的连接稳定即可。Optionally, in this embodiment, the connection between the fixing part 380 and the base 2311 is implemented as welding or bolting. In other embodiments of the present application, the connection between the fixing part 380 and the base 2311 can also be implemented by welding or bolting. It can be implemented as clamping, hoop connection or cementing, as long as the connection between the fixing part 380 and the base 2311 is stable.
如图49至图52所示,本申请的一个实施例的具体实施方式为,支撑组套230包括支撑组件231
及承载件390,支撑组件231为承载件390提供承载力,支撑组件231包括基座2311与固定件380,基座2311作为固定件380与外部结构(如墙体、横梁或纵梁)的连接桥梁,固定件380为承载件390提供承载力,基座2311被实施为三角体,固定件380被实施为流线型勾状体,承载件390被实施为圆柱体;固定件380包括连接结构381与防脱结构382,连接结构381的一端通过定位件3813连接至基座2311,连接结构381的另一端连接防脱结构382,两个固定件380上的防脱结构382相互配合,用于安装承载件390,连接结构381与防脱结构382为一体式结构;连接结构381包括对称设置的第一架体3811与第二架体3812,第一架体3811及第二架体3812相互拼合固定,并形成连接结构381;防脱结构382包括支撑片3821,支撑片3821上凸设有卡接块38211,卡接块38211用于卡接承载件390。As shown in Figures 49 to 52, a specific implementation manner of an embodiment of the present application is that the support set 230 includes a support assembly 231 and the bearing member 390. The support assembly 231 provides bearing capacity for the bearing member 390. The support assembly 231 includes a base 2311 and a fixing member 380. The base 2311 serves as a connection between the fixing member 380 and the external structure (such as a wall, a beam or a longitudinal beam). Bridge, the fixing part 380 provides bearing capacity for the bearing part 390, the base 2311 is implemented as a triangle, the fixing part 380 is implemented as a streamlined hook-shaped body, the bearing part 390 is implemented as a cylinder; the fixing part 380 includes a connecting structure 381 and Anti-separation structure 382. One end of the connection structure 381 is connected to the base 2311 through the positioning member 3813. The other end of the connection structure 381 is connected to the anti-separation structure 382. The anti-separation structures 382 on the two fixing members 380 cooperate with each other for installation of the load bearing. Part 390, the connecting structure 381 and the anti-off structure 382 are an integrated structure; the connecting structure 381 includes a first frame 3811 and a second frame 3812 arranged symmetrically, and the first frame 3811 and the second frame 3812 are assembled and fixed to each other. And a connection structure 381 is formed; the anti-detachment structure 382 includes a support piece 3821, the support piece 3821 is provided with a clamping block 38211, and the clamping block 38211 is used to clamp the bearing member 390.
如图53至图55所示,本申请的另一个实施例的具体实施方式为,支撑组套230包括支撑组件231及承载件390,支撑组件231为承载件390提供承载力,支撑组件231包括基座2311与固定件380,基座2311作为固定件380与外部结构(如墙体、横梁或纵梁)的连接桥梁,固定件380为承载件390提供承载力,基座2311被实施为三角体,固定件380被实施为弯折型勾状体,固定件380通过螺栓与基座2311可拆卸连接,连接结构381与基座2311相连的一端被实施三片式结构,第一片3814被弯折成“C”型用于卡接在基座2311上,第二片3815用于与第一片3814配合在结构上避免固定件380从基座2311上脱出,第三片3816上开设有连接槽3817,通过连接槽3817与基座2311可拆卸连接,防脱结构382被实施为一片式劣弧型支撑片3821。As shown in Figures 53 to 55, a specific implementation method of another embodiment of the present application is that the support assembly 230 includes a support assembly 231 and a bearing member 390. The support assembly 231 provides bearing capacity for the bearing member 390. The support assembly 231 includes The base 2311 and the fixing part 380. The base 2311 serves as a connecting bridge between the fixing part 380 and the external structure (such as a wall, a beam or a longitudinal beam). The fixing part 380 provides bearing capacity for the bearing part 390. The base 2311 is implemented as a triangle. body, the fixing part 380 is implemented as a bent hook-shaped body, the fixing part 380 is detachably connected to the base 2311 through bolts, one end of the connecting structure 381 connected to the base 2311 is implemented as a three-piece structure, and the first piece 3814 is It is bent into a "C" shape for snapping onto the base 2311. The second piece 3815 is used to cooperate with the first piece 3814 to structurally prevent the fixing member 380 from coming out of the base 2311. The third piece 3816 is provided with a The connecting groove 3817 is detachably connected to the base 2311 through the connecting groove 3817, and the anti-detachment structure 382 is implemented as a one-piece minor arc support piece 3821.
如图56所示,本申请的另一个实施例的具体实施方式为,固定件380包括连接结构381与防脱结构382,连接结构381的一端用于连接至外部结构(如墙体、横梁或纵梁),连接结构381的另一端连接防脱结构382,两个固定件380上的防脱结构382相互配合,用于安装承载件390,连接结构381与防脱结构382为一体式结构;连接结构381被实施为“L”型,防脱结构382被实施为优弧型。As shown in Figure 56, the specific implementation of another embodiment of the present application is that the fixing member 380 includes a connecting structure 381 and an anti-separation structure 382. One end of the connecting structure 381 is used to connect to an external structure (such as a wall, a beam or a beam). Longitudinal beam), the other end of the connecting structure 381 is connected to the anti-separation structure 382. The anti-separation structures 382 on the two fixing parts 380 cooperate with each other and are used to install the load-bearing member 390. The connection structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are an integrated structure; The connecting structure 381 is implemented in an "L" shape, and the anti-separation structure 382 is implemented in an excellent arc shape.
如图57所示,本申请的另一个实施例的具体实施方式为,支撑组套230包括支撑组件231及承载件390,支撑组件231为承载件390提供承载力,支撑组件231包括基座2311与固定件380,基座2311作为固定件380与外部结构(如墙体、横梁或纵梁)的连接桥梁,固定件380为承载件390提供承载力,基座2311被实施为三角体,固定件380的连接结构381被实施为圆柱体,固定件380的防脱结构382被实施为圆柱体内开设有容置槽,容置槽为承载件390提供承载空间。As shown in Figure 57, the specific implementation of another embodiment of the present application is that the support assembly 230 includes a support assembly 231 and a bearing member 390. The support assembly 231 provides bearing capacity for the bearing member 390. The support assembly 231 includes a base 2311. With the fixing part 380, the base 2311 serves as a connecting bridge between the fixing part 380 and the external structure (such as a wall, a beam or a longitudinal beam). The fixing part 380 provides bearing capacity for the load-bearing part 390. The base 2311 is implemented as a triangle, which is fixed The connecting structure 381 of the member 380 is implemented as a cylinder, and the anti-detachment structure 382 of the fixing member 380 is implemented as an accommodating groove provided in the cylinder, and the accommodating groove provides a bearing space for the bearing member 390 .
如图58所示,本申请的另一个实施例的具体实施方式为,固定件380包括连接结构381与防脱结构382,连接结构381的一端用于连接至外部结构(如墙体、横梁或纵梁),连接结构381的另一端连接防脱结构382,两个固定件380上的防脱结构382相互配合,用于安装承载件390,连接结构381与防脱结构382为一体式结构;连接结构381被实施为“L”型,防脱结构382被实施为半圆形或劣弧型。As shown in Figure 58, the specific implementation of another embodiment of the present application is that the fixing member 380 includes a connecting structure 381 and an anti-separation structure 382. One end of the connecting structure 381 is used to connect to an external structure (such as a wall, a beam or a beam). Longitudinal beam), the other end of the connecting structure 381 is connected to the anti-separation structure 382. The anti-separation structures 382 on the two fixing parts 380 cooperate with each other and are used to install the load-bearing member 390. The connection structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are an integrated structure; The connecting structure 381 is implemented in an "L" shape, and the anti-separation structure 382 is implemented in a semicircular or minor arc shape.
如图59所示,本申请的另一个实施例的具体实施方式为,支撑组套230包括支撑组件231及承载件390,支撑组件231为承载件390提供承载力,支撑组件231包括基座2311与固定件380,基座2311作为固定件380与外部结构(如墙体、横梁20或竖梁10)的连接桥梁,固定件380为承载件390提供承载力,基座2311被实施为“Z”型,固定件380被实施为“J”型,连接结构381与基座2311存在两个交点,使得连接结构381与基座2311之间形成斜边为弧形的直角三角形,防脱结构382被实施为优弧型开口朝向基座2311。As shown in Figure 59, the specific implementation of another embodiment of the present application is that the support assembly 230 includes a support component 231 and a bearing member 390. The support component 231 provides bearing capacity for the bearing member 390. The support component 231 includes a base 2311. With the fixing part 380, the base 2311 serves as a connecting bridge between the fixing part 380 and the external structure (such as the wall, the cross beam 20 or the vertical beam 10). The fixing part 380 provides bearing capacity for the bearing part 390, and the base 2311 is implemented as "Z ” type, the fixing member 380 is implemented as a “J” shape. There are two intersection points between the connecting structure 381 and the base 2311, so that a right-angled triangle with an arc-shaped hypotenuse is formed between the connecting structure 381 and the base 2311. The anti-falling structure 382 It is implemented as a superior arc-shaped opening toward the base 2311 .
如图60至图61所示,本申请的另一个实施例的具体实施方式为,固定件380包括连接结构381与防脱结构382,连接结构381的一端用于连接至外部结构(如墙体、横梁或纵梁),连接结构381的另一端连接防脱结构382,两个固定件380上的防脱结构382相互配合,用于安装承载件390,连接结构381与防脱结构382为一体式结构,连接结构381被实施为斜边为弧形的直角三角形,连接结构381上开设有四个槽,开设于连接结构381端部的槽为防脱结构382,连接结构381包括对称设置的第一架体3811与第二架体3812,第一架体3811及第二架体3812相互拼合固定,并形成连接结构381;固定件380还包括加强件383,加强件383固设于第一架体3811与第二架体3812之间,加强件383被实施为开设有与防脱结构382上相适配的容置槽,容置槽与防脱结构382配合容置承载件390,其中,加强件383为两个,两个加强件383之间拼合固定连接。As shown in Figures 60 and 61, a specific implementation method of another embodiment of the present application is that the fixing member 380 includes a connecting structure 381 and an anti-separation structure 382. One end of the connecting structure 381 is used to connect to an external structure (such as a wall). , cross beam or longitudinal beam), the other end of the connecting structure 381 is connected to the anti-separation structure 382, the anti-separation structures 382 on the two fixing parts 380 cooperate with each other, and are used to install the load-bearing member 390, the connection structure 381 and the anti-separation structure 382 are integrated Type structure, the connecting structure 381 is implemented as a right-angled triangle with an arc-shaped hypotenuse. Four slots are provided on the connecting structure 381. The slots opened at the ends of the connecting structure 381 are anti-separation structures 382. The connecting structure 381 includes symmetrically arranged The first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812, the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812 are fixed to each other and form a connection structure 381; the fixing member 380 also includes a reinforcing member 383, which is fixed on the first frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812. Between the frame body 3811 and the second frame body 3812, the reinforcing member 383 is implemented to have an accommodating groove that matches the anti-separation structure 382. The accommodating groove cooperates with the anti-separation structure 382 to accommodate the bearing member 390, wherein , there are two reinforcing members 383, and the two reinforcing members 383 are fixedly connected together.
如图62所示,本申请的另一个实施例的具体实施方式为,支撑组套230包括支撑组件231及承载件390,支撑组件231为承载件390提供承载力,支撑组件231包括基座2311与固定件380,基座2311
作为固定件380与外部结构(如墙体、横梁或纵梁)的连接桥梁,固定件380为承载件390提供承载力,基座2311被实施为“Z”型,固定件380被实施为“J”型,固定件380包括连接结构381与防脱结构382,连接结构381的一端用于连接至外部结构,连接结构381的另一端连接防脱结构382,两个固定件380上的防脱结构382相互配合,用于安装承载件390,连接结构381与防脱结构382为一体式结构,防脱结构382被实施为劣弧型开口背离基座2311的一端。As shown in Figure 62, the specific implementation of another embodiment of the present application is that the support assembly 230 includes a support assembly 231 and a bearing member 390. The support assembly 231 provides bearing capacity for the bearing member 390. The support assembly 231 includes a base 2311. with fixing piece 380, base 2311 As a connecting bridge between the fixing part 380 and the external structure (such as a wall, a beam or a longitudinal beam), the fixing part 380 provides bearing capacity for the bearing part 390. The base 2311 is implemented as a "Z" shape, and the fixing part 380 is implemented as a "Z" shape. J" type, the fixing piece 380 includes a connecting structure 381 and an anti-separation structure 382. One end of the connecting structure 381 is used to connect to the external structure, and the other end of the connecting structure 381 is connected to the anti-separation structure 382. The anti-separation structures on the two fixing pieces 380 The structures 382 cooperate with each other and are used to install the bearing member 390 . The connecting structure 381 and the anti-detachment structure 382 are an integrated structure. The anti-detachment structure 382 is implemented as an end of a minor arc-shaped opening facing away from the base 2311 .
可选的,置物系统1000还包括隔网组件420,隔网组件420被可拆卸地安装于置物网片320,用于分隔置物网片320的置物区域,从而将置物区域分隔成两个或两个以上的置物分区,或改变置物区域的面积大小。更具体地,如图63和图64所示,本申请的隔网组件420可以包括隔网片421和卡持件422,其中卡持件422包括与隔网片421连接的搭持部4221和自搭持部4221一体延伸的卡扣部4222,其中卡持件422中的搭持部4221用于搭持在置物网片320的杆件的上方,并且卡扣部4222用于卡扣在置物网片320的杆件的下方,以将隔网片421卡持于置物网片320,而分隔置物区域。Optionally, the storage system 1000 also includes a partition assembly 420. The partition assembly 420 is detachably installed on the storage mesh 320 and is used to separate the storage area of the storage mesh 320, thereby dividing the storage area into two or two. More than one storage partition, or change the size of the storage area. More specifically, as shown in FIGS. 63 and 64 , the mesh assembly 420 of the present application may include a mesh piece 421 and a holder 422 , where the holder 422 includes a clamping portion 4221 connected to the mesh piece 421 and a clamping member 422 . The buckle part 4222 extends integrally from the latching part 4221. The latching part 4221 in the latching part 422 is used to grip above the rod of the storage mesh 320, and the buckle part 4222 is used to buckle on the storage mesh. Below the rod of the mesh 320, the partition mesh 421 is clamped on the storage mesh 320 to separate the storage area.
值得注意的是,一方面本申请的卡持件422的搭持部4221被搭持在置物网片320的杆件上方,使得卡持件422能够被置物网片320的杆件支撑而稳定地支撑隔网片421,另一方面本申请的卡持件422的卡扣部4222又卡扣在置物网片320的杆件3200下方,使得卡持件422能够被置物网片320的杆件可靠束缚而将隔网片421可靠地安装在置物网片320,以便分隔置物区域。与此同时,本申请的卡持件422的卡扣部4222只需发生轻微形变就能够释放置物网片320的杆件,就能够将卡持件422从置物网片320上拆卸下来,而置物网片320又是由纵横交错的杆件制成,因此当将卡持件422卡持在置物网片320上不同的杆件时,隔网片421在置物网片320上的位置将发生变化,从而得以灵活地调整置物区域的分隔位置,以便获得满足需要的置物分区。It is worth noting that, on the one hand, the holding portion 4221 of the holding member 422 of the present application is held above the rod of the storage mesh 320, so that the holding member 422 can be supported stably by the rod of the storage mesh 320. The partition mesh 421 is supported. On the other hand, the buckle portion 4222 of the clamping member 422 of the present application is clamped under the rod 3200 of the storage mesh 320, so that the clamping member 422 can be reliably secured by the rod 3200 of the storage mesh 320. The partition mesh 421 is bound and reliably installed on the storage mesh 320 to separate the storage area. At the same time, the buckle portion 4222 of the latching member 422 of the present application only needs to be slightly deformed to release the rod of the storage mesh 320, and the latching member 422 can be detached from the storage mesh 320, and the storage mesh 320 can be removed. The mesh 320 is made of crisscrossed rods. Therefore, when the clamping parts 422 are clamped on different rods on the storage mesh 320, the position of the partition mesh 421 on the storage mesh 320 will change. , so that the separation position of the storage area can be flexibly adjusted to obtain the storage partition that meets the needs.
根据本申请的上述实施例,如图63和图64所示,本申请的置物网片320的多个杆件可以包括横向延伸的横杆321和纵向延伸的纵杆322,并且横杆321与纵杆322可以通过焊接的方式连接在一起。可以理解的是,置物网片320中横杆321的延伸方向被实施为如图63所示的左右方向,而纵杆322的延伸方向被实施为如图63所示的前后方向。According to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIGS. 63 and 64 , the plurality of rods of the storage mesh 320 of the present application may include transversely extending crossbars 321 and longitudinally extending vertical bars 322 , and the crossbars 321 and The longitudinal bars 322 may be connected together by welding. It can be understood that the extending direction of the horizontal bars 321 in the storage mesh 320 is implemented as the left-right direction as shown in FIG. 63 , and the extending direction of the longitudinal bars 322 is implemented as the front-to-back direction as shown in FIG. 63 .
可选地,本申请的置物网片320中横杆321的数量可以大于纵杆322的数量,相应地横杆321的外径尺寸大于纵杆322的外径尺寸。当然,在本申请的其他示例中,横杆321的数量也可以大于或等于纵杆322的数量,相应地横杆321的外径尺寸也可以小于或等于纵杆322的外径尺寸。Optionally, the number of cross bars 321 in the storage mesh 320 of the present application can be greater than the number of longitudinal bars 322. Correspondingly, the outer diameter of the cross bars 321 is greater than the outer diameter of the longitudinal bars 322. Of course, in other examples of this application, the number of cross bars 321 may be greater than or equal to the number of longitudinal bars 322 , and accordingly the outer diameter of the cross bars 321 may be less than or equal to the outer diameter of the longitudinal bars 322 .
此外,本申请的隔网片421可以由多个杆件拼接而成。例如,如图63和图64所示,隔网片421可以包括第二支撑杆4211和多个竖杆4212,其中第二支撑杆4211弯折地延伸以形成隔网片421的框架,并且竖杆4212竖向延伸地连接第二支撑杆4211,以形成隔网片421的分隔壁。可以理解的是,竖杆4212与第二支撑杆4211可以但不限于通过焊接的方式连接在一起。此外,第二支撑杆4211的外径尺寸通常大于竖杆4212的外径尺寸,以便提供更好的支撑力。In addition, the mesh piece 421 of the present application can be spliced by multiple rods. For example, as shown in FIGS. 63 and 64 , the mesh sheet 421 may include a second support rod 4211 and a plurality of vertical rods 4212 , wherein the second support rod 4211 bends and extends to form a frame of the mesh sheet 421 , and the vertical rods 4212 are bent. The rod 4212 extends vertically and connects to the second support rod 4211 to form a partition wall of the mesh sheet 421 . It can be understood that the vertical rod 4212 and the second support rod 4211 may be connected together by, but are not limited to, welding. In addition, the outer diameter of the second support rod 4211 is generally larger than the outer diameter of the vertical rod 4212 in order to provide better support force.
可选地,本申请的卡持件422的搭持部4221固定地连接隔网片421的第二支撑杆4211,以便稳定地支撑整个隔网片421。Optionally, the lapping portion 4221 of the clamping member 422 of the present application is fixedly connected to the second support rod 4211 of the mesh sheet 421, so as to stably support the entire mesh sheet 421.
示例性地,如图65和图66所示,卡持件422的搭持部4221横向延伸,以搭持于置物网片320上的纵杆322,并且卡持件422的卡扣部4222自搭持部4221倾斜地竖向延伸,以卡扣于置物网片320上的横杆321,从而通过卡持件422将隔网片421可拆卸地卡持于置物网片320。Illustratively, as shown in FIGS. 65 and 66 , the clamping portion 4221 of the clamping member 422 extends laterally to clamp the vertical rod 322 on the storage mesh 320 , and the clamping portion 4222 of the clamping member 422 extends from The holding portion 4221 extends vertically and obliquely to be buckled with the cross bar 321 on the storage mesh 320 , so that the partition mesh 421 is detachably held on the storage mesh 320 through the clamping member 422 .
值得注意的是,由于本申请的置物网片320中的横杆321通常长于纵杆322的长度,因此隔网片421通常需要沿着纵向方向分隔置物网片320的置物区域。这样,如图65和图66所示,隔网片421的第二支撑杆4211可以由第二纵向支撑杆42111和第二竖向支撑杆42112拼接而成,也就是说,隔网片421中第二纵向支撑杆42111与置物网片320中纵杆322的延伸方向一样,均为如图63所示的前后延伸;相应地,隔网片421中第二竖向支撑杆42112与隔网片421中竖杆4212的延伸方向一样,均为如图63所示的上下延伸。It is worth noting that since the horizontal rods 321 in the storage mesh 320 of the present application are usually longer than the length of the vertical rods 322, the partition mesh 421 usually needs to separate the storage area of the storage mesh 320 along the longitudinal direction. In this way, as shown in Figures 65 and 66, the second support rod 4211 of the partition screen 421 can be spliced by the second longitudinal support rod 42111 and the second vertical support rod 42112. That is to say, the second support rod 4211 of the partition screen 421 The extension direction of the second longitudinal support rod 42111 is the same as that of the longitudinal rod 322 in the storage mesh 320, and both extend front and back as shown in Figure 63; accordingly, the second vertical support rod 42112 in the partition mesh 421 and the partition mesh 421 extend in the same direction. The vertical rods 4212 in 421 extend in the same direction, extending up and down as shown in Figure 63 .
可选地,如图65和图66所示,搭持部4221包括自隔网片421横向地向左和向右延伸的一对搭持臂42211,其中向左延伸的搭持臂42211用于越过且搭持于置物网片320上位于隔网片421左侧的一个或多个纵杆322;并且向右延伸的搭持臂42211用于越过且搭持于置物网片320上位于隔网片421右侧的一个或多个纵杆322。这样,当卡持件422的搭持部4221被搭持于置物网片320的纵杆322时,卡
持件422能够被两个或两个以上的纵杆322支撑,而隔网片421的第二支撑杆4211位于相邻的两个纵杆322之间,以便通过搭持部4221稳定地支撑隔网片421。Optionally, as shown in Figures 65 and 66, the holding portion 4221 includes a pair of holding arms 42211 extending transversely to the left and right from the partition mesh 421, wherein the holding arms 42211 extending to the left are used for Cross over and hold one or more vertical rods 322 on the left side of the partition mesh 421 on the storage mesh 320; and the right-extending support arm 42211 is used to cross over and hold on the storage mesh 320 and located on the partition. One or more vertical bars 322 on the right side of the piece 421. In this way, when the clamping portion 4221 of the clamping member 422 is clamped on the longitudinal rod 322 of the storage mesh 320, the clamping The holding member 422 can be supported by two or more vertical rods 322, and the second support rod 4211 of the partition sheet 421 is located between the two adjacent vertical rods 322, so as to stably support the partition through the overlapping portion 4221. Mesh 421.
可以理解的是,本申请的卡持件422的搭持部4221一体成型,即一对搭持臂42211一体地连接在一起,并且卡持件422的搭持部4221可以但不限于被焊接于隔网片421的第二纵向支撑杆42111。It can be understood that the holding portion 4221 of the holding member 422 of the present application is integrally formed, that is, a pair of holding arms 42211 are integrally connected together, and the holding portion 4221 of the holding member 422 can be, but is not limited to, welded to The second longitudinal support rod 42111 of the mesh sheet 421.
可选地,如图65和图66所示,本申请的卡持件422的卡扣部4222可以包括分别自一对搭持臂42211斜向下延伸的一对卡扣臂42221,并且卡扣部4222的卡扣臂42221自上向下穿过置物网片320以卡扣于横杆321,从而从搭持臂42211的两端固定卡持件422,有助于提高隔网组件420与置物网片320之间的卡持稳定性。Optionally, as shown in Figures 65 and 66, the buckle portion 4222 of the latching member 422 of the present application can include a pair of buckle arms 42221 extending obliquely downward from a pair of holding arms 42211, and the buckle The buckle arms 42221 of the part 4222 pass through the storage mesh 320 from top to bottom to buckle on the cross bar 321, thereby fixing the clamping parts 422 from both ends of the holding arm 42211, which helps to improve the connection between the partition mesh assembly 420 and the storage mesh. The clamping stability between mesh pieces 320.
值得注意的是,本申请的卡持件422可以由一根金属杆件弯折而成,有助于降低卡持件422的加工难度和制造成本。此外,为了进一步提高卡持件422与置物网片320之间的卡持稳定性,本申请的隔网组件420通常包括分别两个卡持件422,并且两个卡持件422分别被固定于隔网片421的前后两端,以分别向前和向后卡扣于置物网片320上靠前和靠后的横杆321。It is worth noting that the holding member 422 of the present application can be formed by bending a metal rod, which helps to reduce the processing difficulty and manufacturing cost of the holding member 422. In addition, in order to further improve the holding stability between the holding parts 422 and the storage mesh 320, the partition net assembly 420 of the present application usually includes two holding parts 422, and the two holding parts 422 are respectively fixed on The front and rear ends of the partition mesh 421 are respectively buckled forward and backward to the front and rear cross bars 321 on the storage mesh 320 .
示例性地,为了便于描述,如图67所示,本申请将位于第二纵向支撑杆42111前端的卡持件422简称为前卡持件422a,并将位于第二纵向支撑杆42111后端的卡持件422简称为后卡持件422b。For the convenience of description, as shown in FIG. 67 , this application refers to the clamping member 422 located at the front end of the second longitudinal support rod 42111 as the front clamping member 422a, and refers to the clamping member 422 located at the rear end of the second longitudinal support rod 42111 as the front clamping member 422a. The holder 422 is simply called the rear holder 422b.
具体地,如图67所示,隔网组件420中前卡持件422a的前卡扣部4222a包括自前搭持部4221a的前搭持臂42211a向前倾斜延伸的前卡扣臂42221a,以向前卡扣于置物网片320上靠前的横杆321;与此同时,隔网组件420中后卡持件422b的后卡扣部4222b包括自后搭持部4221b的后搭持臂42211b向后倾斜延伸的后卡扣臂42221b,以向后卡扣于置物网片320上靠后的横杆321,使得置物网片320上靠前和靠后的横杆321分别对前卡持件422a和后卡持件422b施加挤压力,以提高隔网组件420的卡持稳定性。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 67 , the front buckle portion 4222a of the front latching member 422a in the screen assembly 420 includes a front buckle arm 42221a that extends obliquely forward from the front latching arm 42211a of the front latching portion 4221a, so as to The front is buckled on the front cross bar 321 on the storage mesh 320; at the same time, the rear buckle portion 4222b of the rear clamping member 422b in the partition assembly 420 includes a rear holding arm 42211b from the rear holding portion 4221b toward The rear buckle arm 42221b that extends obliquely backward is buckled rearwardly with the rear crossbar 321 on the storage mesh 320, so that the front and rear crossbars 321 on the storage mesh 320 are aligned with the front holding member 422a respectively. and the rear clamping member 422b exerts a squeezing force to improve the clamping stability of the screen assembly 420 .
可选地,如图67所示,前卡持件422a的前卡扣部4222a可以进一步包括自前卡扣臂42221a向后倾斜延伸的前引导臂42222a,以在将前卡持件422a的前卡扣部4222a卡扣于横杆321的过程中,前卡扣部4222a的前引导臂42222a引导前卡扣臂42221部分地滑过横杆321,便于完成卡扣。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 67 , the front buckle portion 4222a of the front latching member 422a may further include a front guide arm 42222a extending obliquely rearwardly from the front buckling arm 42221a to lock the front latching member 422a . When the buckle part 4222a is buckled on the cross bar 321, the front guide arm 42222a of the front buckle part 4222a guides the front buckle arm 42221 to partially slide through the cross bar 321 to facilitate the buckling.
可选地,如图67所示,后卡持件422b的后卡扣部4222b可以进一步包括自后卡扣臂42221b向后延伸的后勾臂42222b,以在将后卡持件422b的后卡扣部4222b卡扣于横杆321后,后卡扣部4222b的后勾臂42222b勾住横杆321,以提高后卡扣部4222b的卡扣稳定性。这样,在组装隔网组件420和置物网片320时,可以先将隔网组件420中的后卡持件422b的后卡扣部4222b卡扣于置物网片320上靠后的横杆321,再向下按压隔网组件420的前部,就能够将前卡持件422a的前卡扣部4222a卡扣于置物网片320上靠前的横杆321;而在拆解隔网组件420和置物网片320时只需反向操作即可,有助于实现隔网组件420和置物网片320的便捷拆装,以便灵活调整置物区域的分区。Optionally, as shown in Figure 67, the rear buckle portion 4222b of the rear latching member 422b may further include a rear hook arm 42222b extending rearwardly from the rear latching arm 42221b to secure the rear latching member 422b. After the buckle part 4222b is buckled on the cross bar 321, the rear hook arm 42222b of the rear buckle part 4222b hooks the cross bar 321 to improve the buckling stability of the rear buckle part 4222b. In this way, when assembling the partition assembly 420 and the storage mesh 320, you can first buckle the rear buckle portion 4222b of the rear clamping member 422b in the partition assembly 420 to the rear cross bar 321 on the storage mesh 320, By pressing the front part of the partition net assembly 420 downward, the front buckle part 4222a of the front clamping member 422a can be buckled to the front cross bar 321 of the storage net 320; and after disassembling the partition net assembly 420 and To store the storage mesh 320, you only need to operate it in the reverse direction, which helps to realize the convenient disassembly and assembly of the partition assembly 420 and the storage mesh 320, so as to flexibly adjust the partitioning of the storage area.
可以理解的是,在本申请的其他示例中,隔网组件420中的后卡扣部4222b的结构可以与前卡扣部4222a的结构相同,即后卡扣部4222b可以采用向前延伸的引导臂来替代后勾臂42222b,仍能够实现隔网组件420和置物网片320的便捷拆装。It can be understood that in other examples of the present application, the structure of the rear buckle portion 4222b in the screen assembly 420 can be the same as the structure of the front buckle portion 4222a, that is, the rear buckle portion 4222b can adopt a guide extending forward. The rear hook arm 42222b is replaced by the rear hook arm 42222b, and the partition mesh assembly 420 and the storage mesh 320 can still be easily disassembled and assembled.
值得注意的是,由于根据本申请的上述实施例中置物网片320在靠前的横杆321和靠后的横杆321之间通常还设有其他横杆321,使得隔网片421的第二纵向支撑杆42111不得不越过位于中间的横杆321,而为了确保与第二纵向支撑杆42111连接的卡持件422的搭持部4221能够搭持在置物网片320的纵杆322上,因此本申请的第二纵向支撑杆42111的前后两端不得不向下凹陷,但这就会导致隔网片421的整体形状不规则,增大隔网片421的制造难度。It is worth noting that, according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application, the storage mesh 320 is usually provided with other cross bars 321 between the front cross bar 321 and the rear cross bar 321, so that the third cross bar 321 of the partition mesh 421 The two longitudinal support bars 42111 have to cross the middle horizontal bar 321, and in order to ensure that the overlapping portion 4221 of the clamping member 422 connected to the second longitudinal support bar 42111 can be held on the longitudinal bar 322 of the storage mesh 320, Therefore, the front and rear ends of the second longitudinal support rod 42111 of the present application have to be recessed downward, but this will cause the overall shape of the mesh sheet 421 to be irregular and increase the difficulty of manufacturing the mesh sheet 421 .
为了解决这一问题,附图68至图72示出了根据本申请的上述实施例的隔网组件420和置物网片320的一个变形实施方式。相比于根据本申请的上述实施例,根据本申请的这个变形实施方式的隔网组件420和置物网片320的不同之处在于:如图68至图70所示,隔网组件420的卡持件422中的搭持部4221纵向延伸,以搭持于置物网片320上的横杆321,并且卡持件422的卡扣部4222自搭持部4221竖向延伸,以卡扣于置物网片320上的纵杆322,从而通过卡持件422将隔网片421可拆卸地卡持于置物网片320。In order to solve this problem, FIGS. 68 to 72 illustrate a modified embodiment of the mesh assembly 420 and the storage mesh 320 according to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application. Compared with the above-mentioned embodiments according to the present application, the difference between the partition net assembly 420 and the storage mesh 320 according to this modified embodiment of the present application is that: as shown in FIGS. 68 to 70 , the card of the partition net assembly 420 The latching portion 4221 of the holding member 422 extends longitudinally to grip the crossbar 321 on the storage mesh 320, and the buckle portion 4222 of the latching member 422 extends vertically from the latching portion 4221 to snap onto the storage mesh. The vertical rods 322 on the mesh 320 detachably hold the partition mesh 421 on the storage mesh 320 through the clamping parts 422 .
示例性地,如图68和图69所示,卡持件422的搭持部4221可以包括用于插接隔网片421的第二竖向支撑杆42112的搭持板42212,其中搭持板42212沿着第二纵向支撑杆42111延伸以越过且搭持于
置物网片320上两个或两个以上的横杆321。这样,当卡持件422的搭持部4221被搭持于置物网片320的横杆321时,卡持件422能够被两个或两个以上的横杆321支撑,仍能够通过搭持部4221稳定地支撑隔网片421。For example, as shown in FIGS. 68 and 69 , the lapping portion 4221 of the holder 422 may include a bridging plate 42212 for inserting the second vertical support rod 42112 of the partitioning sheet 421 , wherein the bridging plate 42212 extends along the second longitudinal support rod 42111 to cross over and overlap the There are two or more horizontal bars 321 on the storage mesh 320. In this way, when the latching part 4221 of the latching part 422 is latched on the cross bar 321 of the storage mesh 320, the latching part 422 can be supported by two or more cross bars 321 and can still pass through the overlapping part. 4221 stably supports the mesh sheet 421.
与此同时,如图68和图71所示,本申请的卡持件422的卡扣部4222可以包括分别自搭持板42212的左右两侧竖向延伸的一对或多对纵杆卡扣42223,并且卡扣部4222的纵杆卡扣42223自上向下穿过置物网片320以卡扣于置物网片320上相邻的两个纵杆322,从而从搭持板42212的左右两侧固定卡持件422,有助于提高隔网组件420与置物网片320之间的卡持稳定性。At the same time, as shown in Figures 68 and 71, the buckle portion 4222 of the holder 422 of the present application can include one or more pairs of longitudinal bar buckles extending vertically from the left and right sides of the holder plate 42212 respectively. 42223, and the vertical rod buckles 42223 of the buckling portion 4222 pass through the storage mesh 320 from top to bottom to buckle with the two adjacent vertical rods 322 on the storage mesh 320, so that from the left and right sides of the holding plate 42212 The side fixed clamping parts 422 help to improve the clamping stability between the partition mesh assembly 420 and the storage mesh 320 .
可选地,如图71和图72所示,本申请的卡持件422中的搭持板42212可以包括具有插接槽的顶壁422121和自顶壁422121向下延伸的一对侧壁422122,并且搭持板42212的侧壁422122上设有与横杆321对应的搭持槽422123,以容纳地搭持于置物网片320的横杆321。可以理解的是,本申请的隔网片421的第二竖向支撑杆42112可以直接插入搭持板42212的顶壁422121上的插接槽,以便在实现隔网片421与卡持件422的固定连接的同时,还能够便捷地将隔网片421从卡持件422上拆卸下来。Optionally, as shown in Figures 71 and 72, the holding plate 42212 in the holder 422 of the present application can include a top wall 422121 with a plug-in slot and a pair of side walls 422122 extending downward from the top wall 422121. , and the side wall 422122 of the supporting plate 42212 is provided with a supporting groove 422123 corresponding to the cross bar 321, so as to accommodate the cross bar 321 of the storage mesh 320. It can be understood that the second vertical support rod 42112 of the mesh sheet 421 of the present application can be directly inserted into the insertion slot on the top wall 422121 of the supporting plate 42212, so as to realize the connection between the mesh sheet 421 and the clamping member 422. While being fixedly connected, the mesh sheet 421 can also be easily detached from the holder 422 .
进一步地,如图70和图71所示,搭持板42212的侧壁422122上还设有与纵杆卡扣42223对应的形变孔422124,其中纵杆卡扣42223自顶壁422121向下延伸至形变孔422124内,以部分地突出侧壁422122,有助于提高纵杆卡扣42223的弹性形变性能,便于发生形变以卡扣于纵杆322。Further, as shown in Figures 70 and 71, the side wall 422122 of the supporting plate 42212 is also provided with a deformation hole 422124 corresponding to the longitudinal rod buckle 42223, wherein the longitudinal rod buckle 42223 extends downward from the top wall 422121 to In the deformation hole 422124, the side wall 422122 is partially protruded, which helps to improve the elastic deformation performance of the vertical rod buckle 42223 and facilitates deformation to buckle on the vertical rod 322.
可选地,搭持板42212的顶壁422121的横向尺寸大于置物网片320上相邻的两个纵杆322之间的间隙尺寸。搭持板42212的两个侧壁422122之间的外侧距离小于置物网片320上相邻的两个纵杆322之间的内侧距离。这样,当卡持件422被卡持于置物网片320时,搭持板42212的两个侧壁422122位于相邻的两个纵杆322之间,而搭持板42212的顶壁422121不仅能够搭持于置物网片320的横杆321,而且还能够搭持于置物网片320的纵杆322,以便进一步提高卡持件422的支撑能力。Optionally, the lateral size of the top wall 422121 of the supporting plate 42212 is larger than the gap size between the two adjacent longitudinal bars 322 on the storage mesh 320 . The outer distance between the two side walls 422122 of the supporting plate 42212 is less than the inner distance between the two adjacent longitudinal bars 322 on the storage mesh 320 . In this way, when the holding member 422 is held on the storage mesh 320, the two side walls 422122 of the holding plate 42212 are located between the two adjacent longitudinal bars 322, and the top wall 422121 of the holding plate 42212 can not only The horizontal bars 321 of the storage mesh 320 can also be supported on the vertical rods 322 of the storage mesh 320 to further improve the support capacity of the holding member 422 .
值得注意的是,如图70和图72所示,本申请的卡持件422的卡扣部4222可以进一步包括自搭持板42212的顶壁422121竖向延伸的一个或多个横杆卡扣42224,并且卡扣部4222的横杆卡扣42224用于自上至下穿过置物网片320以卡扣于横杆321,从而进一步固定卡持件422,有助于进一步提高隔网组件420与置物网片320之间的卡持稳定性。It is worth noting that, as shown in Figures 70 and 72, the buckle portion 4222 of the holder 422 of the present application can further include one or more crossbar buckles extending vertically from the top wall 422121 of the holder plate 42212. 42224, and the cross bar buckle 42224 of the buckle part 4222 is used to pass through the storage mesh 320 from top to bottom to buckle on the cross bar 321, thereby further fixing the clamping member 422 and helping to further improve the partition net assembly 420 Stability of holding with the storage mesh 320 .
可选地,横杆卡扣42224自搭持板42212的顶壁422121向下延伸至搭持槽422123,以便卡扣于处于搭持槽422123内的横杆321。Optionally, the cross bar buckle 42224 extends downward from the top wall 422121 of the holding plate 42212 to the holding groove 422123, so as to buckle with the cross bar 321 located in the holding groove 422123.
可以理解的是,本申请的纵杆卡扣42223和横杆卡扣42224均具有与杆件相匹配的卡扣槽和位于卡扣槽下方的导引斜面,以便在组装隔网组件420和置物网片320时,通过导引斜面引导纵杆322和横杆321分别滑入对应的卡扣槽,以实现稳定的卡扣连接。It can be understood that the vertical rod buckle 42223 and the horizontal rod buckle 42224 of the present application both have buckle grooves that match the rods and guide slopes located below the buckle grooves, so as to facilitate the assembly of the partition net assembly 420 and storage. When removing the mesh 320, the vertical rods 322 and the horizontal rods 321 are guided by the guide slope to slide into the corresponding buckle grooves respectively to achieve a stable buckle connection.
值得注意的是,在本申请的这个变形实施方式中,隔网组件420中的卡持件422可以但不限于由诸如塑料等具有一定柔韧性的材料一体成型,使得由金属材质制备而成的置物网片320和隔网片421不直接接触,避免在拆装时刮伤或损伤网片。It is worth noting that in this modified embodiment of the present application, the retaining member 422 in the screen assembly 420 can be, but is not limited to, integrally formed from a material with a certain degree of flexibility, such as plastic, so that it is made of metal. The storage mesh 320 and the partition mesh 421 are not in direct contact to avoid scratching or damaging the mesh during disassembly and assembly.
考虑到传统的网篮在运输或闲置时无法拆卸或只能部分拆卸,仍需要占据较大的存储空间,给运输或储放带来不便。为了解决这一问题,本申请提供了一种置物篮组套和置物篮架,其能够被拆卸成多个网片,避免在闲置时占用较大的存储空间,便于运输或储放。Considering that traditional mesh baskets cannot be disassembled or can only be partially disassembled when transported or idle, they still need to occupy a large storage space, which brings inconvenience to transportation or storage. In order to solve this problem, the present application provides a storage basket set and storage basket rack, which can be disassembled into multiple mesh pieces to avoid occupying a large storage space when idle and facilitate transportation or storage.
具体地,请参考附图42至图48,本申请的一个实施例提供了一种置物篮架700,其可以包括梁架100和置物篮组套220,置物篮组套220被可拆卸地安装于梁架100,用于盛放物品。Specifically, please refer to the accompanying drawings 42 to 48. One embodiment of the present application provides a storage basket rack 700, which may include a beam frame 100 and a storage basket set 220. The storage basket set 220 is detachably installed. The beam frame 100 is used for holding items.
更具体地,如图42和图43所示,本申请的置物篮组套220可以包括至少一对勾挂网片221、置物篮网片222以及一或多个卡扣件223。勾挂网片221用于被间隔地勾挂于梁架100的安装孔11。卡扣件223被固设于置物篮网片222,并通过卡扣件223将置物篮网片222可拆卸地卡扣于勾挂网片221的底部,以在相邻的勾挂网片221之间形成置物空间2200,以便放置物品。More specifically, as shown in FIGS. 42 and 43 , the storage basket set 220 of the present application may include at least one pair of hook mesh pieces 221 , the storage basket mesh piece 222 and one or more buckles 223 . The hooking mesh pieces 221 are used to be hooked on the mounting holes 11 of the beam frame 100 at intervals. The buckle part 223 is fixedly arranged on the storage basket mesh 222, and the storage basket mesh 222 is detachably buckled to the bottom of the hooking mesh 221 through the buckling part 223, so as to connect the adjacent hooking mesh 221. A storage space 2200 is formed therebetween for placing items.
值得注意的是,由于本申请的勾挂网片221被勾挂于梁架100,且置物篮网片222通过卡扣件223被卡扣于勾挂网片221,以形成用于放置物品的置物空间2200,因此在闲置置物篮架700时,可以先将勾挂网片221从梁架100上取下,再将置物篮网片222从勾挂网片221上拆卸下来,以形成具有片状结构的网片(即勾挂网片221和置物篮网片222),便于通过叠放以缩小占用空间,有利于包装运输或储放。
It is worth noting that the hooking mesh 221 of the present application is hooked to the beam frame 100, and the storage basket mesh 222 is buckled to the hooking mesh 221 through the buckle 223 to form a space for placing items. storage space 2200, so when the storage basket rack 700 is idle, the hooking mesh piece 221 can be removed from the beam frame 100 first, and then the storage basket mesh piece 222 can be removed from the hooking mesh piece 221 to form a piece of storage space 2200. The meshes with a similar structure (i.e., the hooking mesh 221 and the storage basket mesh 222) are convenient for stacking to reduce the occupied space, and are conducive to packaging, transportation or storage.
此外,由于本申请的梁架100的安装孔11通常是在梁架100在加工成型时开设的通孔,以便在保证梁架100具有较高承载能力的同时,减轻梁架100的重量;因此本申请的置物篮架700能够充分利用这些通孔来实现置物篮组套220的组装,而无需对传统置物系统的梁架进行二次加工改造,就能够使传统置物系统具备网篮储物的功能,以便拓展传统置物系统的使用功能。In addition, since the mounting holes 11 of the beam frame 100 of the present application are usually through holes opened when the beam frame 100 is processed and formed, in order to ensure that the beam frame 100 has a high load-bearing capacity and at the same time reduce the weight of the beam frame 100; therefore, The storage basket rack 700 of the present application can make full use of these through holes to realize the assembly of the storage basket set 220, without the need for secondary processing and transformation of the beam frame of the traditional storage system, so that the traditional storage system can have the function of mesh basket storage. functions in order to expand the use functions of traditional storage systems.
可选地,如图42和图46所示,梁架100可以包括左右间隔布置的一对竖梁10,其中竖梁10具有支撑体12和一体地连接支撑体12的侧板13,并且梁架100的安装孔11位于竖梁10的支撑体12,以使一对勾挂网片221分别对应地勾挂于对竖梁10的支撑体12上的安装孔11。可以理解的是,本申请的梁架100中的竖梁10可以但不限于由诸如槽钢、角钢、工字型钢或H型钢等型钢材料制备而成。Optionally, as shown in Figures 42 and 46, the beam frame 100 may include a pair of vertical beams 10 spaced apart from each other on the left and right, wherein the vertical beams 10 have a support body 12 and a side plate 13 integrally connected to the support body 12, and the beam The mounting holes 11 of the rack 100 are located on the support body 12 of the vertical beam 10 , so that a pair of hooking mesh pieces 221 are respectively hooked on the mounting holes 11 on the support body 12 of the vertical beam 10 . It can be understood that the vertical beams 10 in the beam frame 100 of the present application can be made of, but are not limited to, steel materials such as channel steel, angle steel, I-shaped steel or H-shaped steel.
示例性地,以由槽钢加工而成竖梁10为例,竖梁10具有一个支撑体12和两个侧板13,其中两个侧板13分别位于支撑体12的左右两侧以形成U型结构,并且竖梁10的支撑体12上设置有并排布置的两列安装孔11。For example, taking the vertical beam 10 processed from channel steel as an example, the vertical beam 10 has a support body 12 and two side plates 13, where the two side plates 13 are respectively located on the left and right sides of the support body 12 to form a U. The support body 12 of the vertical beam 10 is provided with two rows of mounting holes 11 arranged side by side.
可选地,如图42所示,梁架100还可以包括横梁20,其中横梁20的两端分别固定地连接两个竖梁10,以增强梁架100的结构稳定性。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 42 , the beam frame 100 may also include a cross beam 20 , wherein two ends of the cross beam 20 are respectively fixedly connected to two vertical beams 10 to enhance the structural stability of the beam frame 100 .
根据本申请的上述实施,如图43和图44所示,置物篮组套220的勾挂网片221可以包括侧网片2211和被固设于侧网片2211后部的一个或多个勾挂件2212,以通过勾挂件2212将侧网片2211悬挂于梁架100的安装孔11。According to the above implementation of the present application, as shown in Figures 43 and 44, the hook mesh 221 of the storage basket set 220 may include a side mesh 2211 and one or more hooks fixed at the rear of the side mesh 2211. The hanging piece 2212 is used to hang the side mesh 2211 from the mounting hole 11 of the beam frame 100 through the hooking piece 2212.
具体地,本申请的侧网片2211可以由多个杆件拼接而成。例如,如图43和图44所示,侧网片2211可以包括第一支撑杆22111和多个侧部竖杆22112,其中第一支撑杆22111弯折地延伸以形成侧网片2211的框架。侧部竖杆22112竖向延伸地连接第一支撑杆22111,以形成侧网片2211的侧壁。可以理解的是,侧部竖杆22112与第一支撑杆22111可以但不限于通过焊接的方式连接在一起。此外,第一支撑杆22111的外径尺寸通常大于侧部竖杆22112的外径尺寸,以便提供更好的支撑力。Specifically, the side mesh sheet 2211 of the present application can be spliced by multiple rods. For example, as shown in FIGS. 43 and 44 , the side mesh 2211 may include a first support rod 22111 and a plurality of side vertical rods 22112 , wherein the first support rod 22111 bends and extends to form a frame of the side mesh 2211 . The side vertical rods 22112 extend vertically and connect to the first support rod 22111 to form the side walls of the side mesh 2211. It can be understood that the side vertical rod 22112 and the first support rod 22111 may be connected together by, but are not limited to, welding. In addition, the outer diameter of the first support rod 22111 is generally larger than the outer diameter of the side vertical rod 22112 in order to provide better support force.
更具体地,如图44和图46所示,本申请的侧网片2211的第一支撑杆22111可以由竖向延伸的第一竖向支撑杆221111和纵向延伸的第一纵向支撑杆221112拼接而成,也就是说,第一支撑杆22111的第一竖向支撑杆221111与梁架100的竖梁10的延伸方向一样,均为如图42所示的上下方向;相应地,第一支撑杆22111的第一纵向支撑杆221112的延伸方向则同时垂直于梁架100的竖梁10和横梁20的延伸方向,为如图42所示的前后方向。More specifically, as shown in Figures 44 and 46, the first support rod 22111 of the side mesh panel 2211 of the present application can be spliced by the vertically extending first vertical support rod 221111 and the longitudinally extending first longitudinal support rod 221112 That is to say, the extension direction of the first vertical support rod 221111 of the first support rod 22111 and the vertical beam 10 of the beam frame 100 are the same, both in the up and down direction as shown in Figure 42; accordingly, the first support The extension direction of the first longitudinal support rod 221112 of the rod 22111 is perpendicular to the extension direction of the vertical beam 10 and the cross beam 20 of the beam frame 100 at the same time, which is the front-to-back direction as shown in Figure 42.
可选地,如图44和图45所示,勾挂网片221的勾挂件2212可以包括被固设于侧网片2211的第一支撑杆22111的固定部22121和自固定部22121向后弯折地延伸的挂钩214,其中勾挂件2212的挂钩214适于插入梁架100的安装孔11以勾挂住梁架100,挂钩214用于形成配合件201。Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 44 and 45 , the hook 2212 of the mesh 221 may include a fixing part 22121 fixed on the first support rod 22111 of the side mesh 2211 and a self-fixing part 22121 bent backward. The hook 214 extends in a folded manner, wherein the hook 214 of the hook member 2212 is adapted to be inserted into the mounting hole 11 of the beam frame 100 to hook the beam frame 100, and the hook 214 is used to form the matching piece 201.
示例性地,如图45和图46所示,勾挂件2212的固定部22121可以包括被固定于侧网片2211的第一支撑杆22111的第一竖向支撑杆221111的固定板221211和自固定板221211的左右两侧向后延伸的一对支撑板221212;与此同时,勾挂件2212的挂钩214可以包括分别自对支撑板221212的上端部向后延伸的一对挂持臂2141和分别自对挂持臂2141向下延伸的一对勾持臂2142,以在勾持臂2142和相应的支撑板221212之间形成勾挂空间。可以理解的是,勾挂件2212的固定部22121中两个支撑板221212之间的距离等于梁架100的竖梁10上两列安装孔11之间的距离,使得勾挂件2212的挂钩214中两个挂持臂2141分别插入对应的安装孔11,以使两个勾持臂2142分别勾出竖梁10的支撑体12,从而实现勾挂网片221的稳定勾挂。可以理解的是,本申请的勾挂件2212可以但不限于由一整块金属板切割冲压而成,便于降低勾挂件2212的制造难度。当然,在本申请的其他示例中,勾挂件2212也可以由塑料等硬质材料注塑而成,本申请对此不再赘述。For example, as shown in FIGS. 45 and 46 , the fixing part 22121 of the hook 2212 may include a fixing plate 221211 and a self-fixing fixing plate 221211 of the first vertical support rod 22111 of the first support rod 22111 of the side mesh 2211 . A pair of support plates 221212 extending rearwardly from the left and right sides of the plate 221211; at the same time, the hook 214 of the hook 2212 may include a pair of hanging arms 2141 extending rearwardly from the upper end of the support plate 221212 and a pair of hanging arms 2141 respectively extending from the upper end of the support plate 221212. A pair of hook arms 2142 extends downward from the hook arm 2141 to form a hook space between the hook arms 2142 and the corresponding support plate 221212. It can be understood that the distance between the two support plates 221212 in the fixed part 22121 of the hook 2212 is equal to the distance between the two rows of mounting holes 11 on the vertical beam 10 of the beam frame 100, so that two of the hooks 214 of the hook 2212 The two hooking arms 2141 are inserted into the corresponding mounting holes 11 respectively, so that the two hooking arms 2142 are respectively hooked out of the support body 12 of the vertical beam 10, thereby achieving stable hooking of the hooking mesh 221. It can be understood that the hook 2212 of the present application can be, but is not limited to, cut and stamped from a whole metal plate, so as to reduce the manufacturing difficulty of the hook 2212. Of course, in other examples of this application, the hook 2212 can also be injection molded from hard materials such as plastic, which will not be described again in this application.
根据本申请的上述实施例中,置物篮网片222可有由多个杆件纵横交错地拼接而成。例如,如图43和图48所示,置物篮网片222可以包括横向延伸的底部横杆2221和纵向延伸的底部纵杆2222,并且底部横杆2221与底部纵杆2222可以但不限于通过焊接的方式连接在一起。According to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application, the storage basket mesh 222 may be composed of a plurality of rods that are crisscrossed and spliced. For example, as shown in FIGS. 43 and 48 , the storage basket mesh 222 may include a transversely extending bottom crossbar 2221 and a longitudinally extending bottom vertical bar 2222 , and the bottom crossbar 2221 and the bottom vertical bar 2222 may be, but are not limited to, welded. connected together.
可选地,如图42和图47所示,置物篮组套220的卡扣件223可以包括横向地固接于置物篮网片222的底部纵杆2222的支撑梁2231和设置于支撑梁2231两端部的卡扣槽2232,其中卡扣件223的卡扣槽2232与勾挂网片221的侧网片2211中的第一纵向支撑杆221112相匹配,用于容纳地卡扣于第一纵向支撑杆221112。
Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 42 and 47 , the buckle 223 of the storage basket set 220 may include a support beam 2231 laterally fixed to the bottom vertical bar 2222 of the storage basket mesh 222 and a support beam 2231 disposed on the support beam 2231 . The buckle grooves 2232 at both ends, where the buckle grooves 2232 of the buckle 223 match the first longitudinal support rod 221112 in the side mesh 2211 of the hook mesh 221, are used to accommodate and buckle on the first Longitudinal support rod 221112.
值得注意的是,本申请的卡扣件223的支撑梁2231可以但不限于被焊接在底部纵杆2222的下方,并且支撑梁2231的两端横向地伸出位于最外侧的底部纵杆2222,以便在最大程度地支撑置物篮网片222提高其承载能力的同时,支撑梁2231的两端能够穿过侧网片2211以卡扣于第一纵向支撑杆221112,避免发生结构干涉。It is worth noting that the support beam 2231 of the buckle 223 of the present application can be, but is not limited to, welded below the bottom longitudinal bar 2222, and both ends of the support beam 2231 laterally extend out of the outermost bottom longitudinal bar 2222, In order to maximize the support of the storage basket mesh 222 and improve its load-bearing capacity, the two ends of the support beam 2231 can pass through the side mesh 2211 to be buckled with the first longitudinal support rod 221112 to avoid structural interference.
可选地,卡扣槽2232的槽口尺寸稍小于第一纵向支撑杆221112的外径尺寸,以使卡扣件223在槽口位置发生轻微变形而牢靠地卡扣住第一纵向支撑杆221112,防止第一纵向支撑杆221112无意地或意外地从卡扣槽2232中脱出,有助于提高置物篮架700的整体结构稳定性。Optionally, the notch size of the buckling groove 2232 is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the first longitudinal support rod 221112, so that the buckling member 223 is slightly deformed at the notch position and firmly buckles the first longitudinal support rod 221112. , preventing the first longitudinal support rod 221112 from being unintentionally or accidentally disengaged from the buckle groove 2232, which helps to improve the overall structural stability of the storage basket 700.
根据本申请的上述实施例,如图42和图48所示,置物篮组套220可以进一步包括前网片224,前网片224被可拆卸地安装于勾挂网片221的前部,以形成置物空间2200的前壁,防止被放入置物空间2200内的物品从置物篮网片222的前部滑出而掉落。可以理解的是,本申请的置物篮网片222被视为置物空间2200的底壁,而两个勾挂网片221则被实施为置物空间2200的左右侧壁,使得置物篮架700具有朝上的置物开口,有助于提高置物篮架700的盛载能力。According to the above-mentioned embodiment of the present application, as shown in Figures 42 and 48, the storage basket set 220 may further include a front mesh 224, which is detachably installed on the front of the hook mesh 221 to The front wall of the storage space 2200 is formed to prevent items placed in the storage space 2200 from sliding out from the front of the storage basket mesh piece 222 and falling. It can be understood that the storage basket mesh 222 of the present application is regarded as the bottom wall of the storage space 2200, and the two hook meshes 221 are implemented as the left and right side walls of the storage space 2200, so that the storage basket rack 700 has an orientation. The storage opening on the storage basket rack 700 helps to increase the loading capacity of the storage basket rack 700 .
可选地,前网片224也可以由纵横交错的杆件拼接而成。例如,如图43和图48所示,前网片224可以包括横向延伸的前部横杆2241和纵向延伸的前部纵杆2242,并且前部横杆2241与前部纵杆2242可以通过焊接的方式连接在一起。Optionally, the front mesh 224 can also be spliced by criss-crossing rods. For example, as shown in FIGS. 43 and 48 , the front mesh 224 may include a transversely extending front crossbar 2241 and a longitudinally extending front longitudinal bar 2242 , and the front crossbar 2241 and the front longitudinal bar 2242 may be welded. connected together.
可选地,如图43和图48所示,前网片224与置物篮网片222可以是一体成型;也就是说,前网片224的前部纵杆2242可以自置物篮网片222的底部纵杆2222一体地斜向上延伸,以便增大置物篮架700的置物开口,便于取放物品。可以理解的是,在本申请的其他示例中,前网片224与置物篮网片222也可以是分体的,仍能够通过卡扣等方式将前网片224可拆卸地安装于勾挂网片221,本申请对此不再赘述。Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 43 and 48 , the front mesh 224 and the storage basket mesh 222 may be integrally formed; that is, the front longitudinal bar 2242 of the front mesh 224 may be formed from the storage basket mesh 222 . The bottom vertical rod 2222 integrally extends obliquely upward to enlarge the storage opening of the storage basket 700 and facilitate access to items. It can be understood that in other examples of this application, the front mesh 224 and the storage basket mesh 222 can also be separated, and the front mesh 224 can still be detachably installed on the hook net through buckles or other methods. Piece 221, which will not be described again in this application.
可选地,如图42和图48所示,勾挂网片221的侧网片2211的第一支撑杆22111在侧网片2211的前部向下凹陷,以形成与前部横杆2241相匹配的搭接槽221113,其中前网片224的前部横杆2241伸入第一支撑杆22111的搭接槽221113,以搭接于侧网片2211的第一支撑杆22111。Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 42 and 48 , the first support rod 22111 of the side mesh 2211 of the mesh 221 is recessed downward at the front of the side mesh 2211 to form a support rod 2241 that is opposite to the front crossbar 2241 . Matching overlapping groove 221113, in which the front cross bar 2241 of the front mesh 224 extends into the overlapping groove 221113 of the first support rod 22111 to overlap with the first support rod 22111 of the side mesh 2211.
可选地,如图48所示,前网片224进一步包括被设置于前部横杆2241两端部的限位块2243,并且限位块2243位于侧网片2211的第一支撑杆22111的外侧,以限制前部横杆2241从搭接槽221113内横向脱出。换言之,限位块2243在被设置于前部横杆2241的两端后,将增大前部横杆2241的端部尺寸,以大于搭接槽221113的纵向尺寸,从而在允许前部横杆2241自上而下放入搭接槽221113的同时,避免前部横杆2241从搭接槽221113内横向脱出,有助于提高置物篮架700的整体结构稳定性。Optionally, as shown in Figure 48, the front mesh 224 further includes limiting blocks 2243 provided at both ends of the front crossbar 2241, and the limiting blocks 2243 are located on the first support rod 22111 of the side mesh 2211. outside to restrict the front crossbar 2241 from laterally protruding from the overlapping groove 221113. In other words, after the limiting blocks 2243 are provided at both ends of the front cross bar 2241, they will increase the end size of the front cross bar 2241 to be larger than the longitudinal size of the overlapping groove 221113, thereby allowing the front cross bar to 2241 is placed into the overlapping groove 221113 from top to bottom while preventing the front crossbar 2241 from laterally protruding from the overlapping groove 221113, which helps to improve the overall structural stability of the storage basket rack 700.
值得注意的是,如图42和图43所示,本申请的置物篮组套220还可以进一步包括后网片225,后网片225被可拆卸地安装于勾挂网片221的后部,以形成置物空间2200的后壁,防止被放入置物空间2200内的物品从置物篮网片222的后部滑出而掉落。It is worth noting that, as shown in Figures 42 and 43, the storage basket set 220 of the present application can further include a rear mesh 225. The rear mesh 225 is detachably installed at the rear of the hook mesh 221. The rear wall of the storage space 2200 is formed to prevent items placed in the storage space 2200 from sliding out from the rear of the storage basket mesh piece 222 and falling.
可选地,后网片225也可以由横竖交错的杆件拼接而成。例如,如图43和图46所示,后网片225可以包括横向延伸的后部横杆2251和竖向延伸的后部竖杆2252,并且后部横杆2251与后部竖杆2252可以通过焊接的方式连接在一起。Optionally, the rear mesh 225 can also be spliced by horizontally and vertically staggered rods. For example, as shown in FIGS. 43 and 46 , the rear mesh 225 may include a laterally extending rear crossbar 2251 and a vertically extending rear vertical bar 2252 , and the rear crossbar 2251 and the rear vertical bar 2252 may pass through Connected together by welding.
可选地,如图44至图46所示,勾挂网片221的勾挂件2212可以进一步包括被设置于固定部22121的勾挂孔22123,其中后网片225进一步包括自后部横杆2251的两端分别一体地向下延伸的勾挂臂2253,并且后网片225的勾挂臂2253适于插入勾挂件2212的勾挂孔22123,以将后网片225勾挂在勾挂网片221的后部而形成置物空间2200的后壁。Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 44 to 46 , the hooking member 2212 for hooking the mesh 221 may further include a hooking hole 22123 provided on the fixing part 22121 , wherein the rear mesh 225 further includes a cross bar 2251 from the rear. Both ends of the hook arms 2253 integrally extend downward, and the hook arms 2253 of the rear mesh 225 are adapted to be inserted into the hook holes 22123 of the hook member 2212 to hook the rear mesh 225 on the hook mesh. 221 to form the rear wall of the storage space 2200.
可选地,勾挂件2212的勾挂孔22123横向地贯穿固定部22121的支撑板221212,以使后网片225位于侧网片2211的后侧。Optionally, the hooking hole 22123 of the hooking part 2212 transversely penetrates the support plate 221212 of the fixing part 22121, so that the rear mesh 225 is located on the rear side of the side mesh 2211.
本申请的一个实施例中,置物系统1000可以为分隔置物架600,分隔置物架600可以包括置物网片320和隔网组件420。In one embodiment of the present application, the storage system 1000 may be a divided storage rack 600 , and the divided storage rack 600 may include a storage mesh 320 and a partition mesh assembly 420 .
根据本申请的另一方面,如图41所示,本申请的一个实施例中,置物系统1000可以为一种鞋柜,其中鞋柜可以包括上述鞋架组套500和梁架100,其中鞋架组套500被悬空地安装于梁架100,以便放置鞋子。According to another aspect of the present application, as shown in Figure 41, in one embodiment of the present application, the storage system 1000 may be a shoe cabinet, wherein the shoe cabinet may include the above-mentioned shoe rack set 500 and the beam frame 100, wherein The rack set 500 is mounted on the beam frame 100 in a suspended manner for placing shoes.
可选地,如图39和图41所示,梁架100可以包括设有安装孔11的竖梁10,并且鞋架组套500的
支架210设有与安装孔11相匹配的挂钩214,用于勾挂于竖梁10的安装孔11。换言之,在将鞋架组套500安装于梁架100时,只需要将支架210的挂钩214勾挂在对应的竖梁10的安装孔11即可,便于操作。Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 39 and 41 , the beam frame 100 may include a vertical beam 10 provided with mounting holes 11 , and the shoe rack set 500 The bracket 210 is provided with a hook 214 that matches the mounting hole 11 and is used for hanging on the mounting hole 11 of the vertical beam 10 . In other words, when installing the shoe rack set 500 on the beam frame 100, you only need to hook the hook 214 of the bracket 210 into the corresponding mounting hole 11 of the vertical beam 10, which facilitates operation.
可选地,如图41所示,梁架100可以进一步包括连接两个竖梁10的横梁20,以支撑竖梁10,有助于提高梁架100的整体结构稳定性。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 41 , the beam frame 100 may further include a cross beam 20 connecting two vertical beams 10 to support the vertical beams 10 , which helps to improve the overall structural stability of the beam frame 100 .
值得注意的是,当鞋架组套500被安装于梁架100时,鞋架组套500中的支架210的上边沿自梁架100斜向下延伸,以使置物网片320呈倾斜布置,便于取放鞋子。可以理解的是,本申请的鞋架组套500相对于梁架100的倾斜安装,可以通过支架210的形状来实现,也可以通过支架210上挂钩214的结构来实现,本申请对此不在赘述。It is worth noting that when the shoe rack set 500 is installed on the beam frame 100, the upper edge of the bracket 210 in the shoe rack set 500 extends obliquely downward from the beam frame 100, so that the storage mesh 320 is arranged at an angle. Easy access to shoes. It can be understood that the inclined installation of the shoe rack set 500 of the present application relative to the beam frame 100 can be realized by the shape of the bracket 210 or the structure of the hook 214 on the bracket 210, which will not be described in detail in this application. .
以上所述实施例的各技术特征可以进行任意的组合,为使描述简洁,未对上述实施例中的各个技术特征所有可能的组合都进行描述,然而,只要这些技术特征的组合不存在矛盾,都应当认为是本说明书记载的范围。The technical features of the above-described embodiments can be combined in any way. To simplify the description, not all possible combinations of the technical features in the above-described embodiments are described. However, as long as there is no contradiction in the combination of these technical features, All should be considered to be within the scope of this manual.
以上所述实施例仅表达了本申请的几种实施方式,其描述较为具体和详细,但并不能因此而理解为对申请专利范围的限制。应当指出的是,对于本领域的普通技术人员来说,在不脱离本申请构思的前提下,还可以做出若干变形和改进,这些都属于本申请的保护范围。因此,本申请专利的保护范围应以所附权利要求为准。
The above-described embodiments only express several implementation modes of the present application, and their descriptions are relatively specific and detailed, but they should not be construed as limiting the scope of the patent application. It should be noted that, for those of ordinary skill in the art, several modifications and improvements can be made without departing from the concept of the present application, and these all fall within the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of this patent application should be determined by the appended claims.
Claims (20)
- 一种置物系统,包括竖梁及装配结构,所述竖梁上开设有安装孔,所述装配结构包括与所述安装孔相匹配的配合件,所述装配结构通过所述配合件可拆卸地安装于所述竖梁的所述安装孔。A storage system includes a vertical beam and an assembly structure. The vertical beam is provided with a mounting hole. The assembly structure includes a fitting that matches the mounting hole. The assembly structure is detachably connected through the fitting. Installed on the mounting hole of the vertical beam.
- 根据权利要求1所述的置物系统,其中,所述置物系统还包括承载结构,所述承载结构用于承载物品,所述承载结构连接于所述装配结构,并通过所述装配结构可拆卸地安装于所述竖梁。The storage system according to claim 1, wherein the storage system further includes a load-bearing structure, the load-bearing structure is used to load items, the load-bearing structure is connected to the assembly structure, and is detachably connected to the assembly structure through the assembly structure. Installed on the vertical beam.
- 根据权利要求2所述的置物系统,其中,所述装配结构包括支架,所述支架上凸设有挂钩,所述挂钩用于勾挂于所述竖梁的所述安装孔。The storage system according to claim 2, wherein the assembly structure includes a bracket, a hook is protruding from the bracket, and the hook is used to hook into the mounting hole of the vertical beam.
- 根据权利要求3所述的置物系统,其中,所述承载结构包括置物网片及卡接件,所述置物网片包括纵横交错地连接的多个杆件,用于放置物品。The storage system according to claim 3, wherein the load-bearing structure includes a storage mesh and a clamping member, and the storage mesh includes a plurality of rods connected in a crisscross manner for placing items.
- 根据权利要求4所述的置物系统,其中,所述承载结构还包括卡接件,所述卡接件包括用于夹持于所述支架的夹持部和自所述夹持部横向延伸的卡扣部,并且所述卡扣部用于卡接所述置物网片的所述杆件,以通过所述卡接件将所述置物网片卡接于所述支架。The storage system according to claim 4, wherein the load-bearing structure further includes a clamping member, the clamping member includes a clamping part for clamping to the bracket and a clamping part laterally extending from the clamping part. The buckle part is used to buckle the rod of the storage mesh, so as to buckle the storage mesh to the bracket through the buckle.
- 根据权利要求5所述的置物系统,其中,所述卡接件的所述卡扣部包括与所述夹持部一体地连接的卡接板和被设置于所述卡接板的卡接槽,所述卡扣部的所述卡接槽的槽口尺寸小于所述杆件的外径尺寸,其中所述卡扣部的所述卡接槽与所述置物网片的所述杆件相匹配,以将所述杆件卡接在所述卡扣部的所述卡接槽内;The storage system according to claim 5, wherein the buckle part of the buckle component includes a buckle plate integrally connected with the clamping part and a buckle groove provided on the buckle plate. , the slot size of the locking groove of the buckle part is smaller than the outer diameter of the rod, wherein the buckle groove of the buckle part is opposite to the rod of the storage mesh. Matching to lock the rod in the locking groove of the buckle part;所述卡接槽在所述卡接板上纵向延伸,并且多个所述卡接槽被横向排布于所述卡接板,以分别卡接所述杆件中不同的纵杆。The clamping groove extends longitudinally on the clamping plate, and a plurality of the clamping slots are arranged transversely on the clamping plate to respectively clamp different vertical rods in the rod member.
- 根据权利要求6所述的置物系统,其中,所述卡接件的所述夹持部包括自所述卡扣部纵向延伸的一对夹持臂,以在所述夹持臂之间形成用于夹持所述支架的夹持空间,所述支架设有与所述卡接件的所述夹持部相匹配的限位槽,并且所述卡接件的所述夹持部用于夹持于所述支架的所述限位槽,所述支架进一步设有与所述限位槽邻近的限位孔,其中所述卡接件的所述夹持部包括自所述夹持臂的内侧面凸起的限位体,并且所述卡接件中的所述限位体与所述限位孔相匹配,以在所述卡接件的所述夹持部夹持于所述支架的所述限位槽时,所述夹持部的所述限位体嵌入所述支架的所述限位孔。The storage system according to claim 6, wherein the clamping portion of the clamping member includes a pair of clamping arms extending longitudinally from the clamping portion to form a space between the clamping arms. In the clamping space for clamping the bracket, the bracket is provided with a limiting groove that matches the clamping portion of the clamping member, and the clamping portion of the clamping member is used for clamping. The bracket is held in the limiting groove of the bracket, and the bracket is further provided with a limiting hole adjacent to the limiting groove, wherein the clamping portion of the clamping member includes a pin from the clamping arm. a protruding limiting body on the inner side, and the limiting body in the clamping member matches the limiting hole so as to be clamped on the bracket at the clamping portion of the clamping member When the limiting groove is formed, the limiting body of the clamping part is embedded in the limiting hole of the bracket.
- 根据权利要求6所述的置物系统,其中,所述卡接件由塑性材料制备而成,所述支架设有与所述置物网片的所述杆件中的横杆相匹配的勾槽,用于勾挂所述杆件中的所述横杆,所述承载结构进一步包括搁板本体和端盖本体,其中所述搁板本体用于被盖设于所述置物网片的上方,并且所述端盖本体用于被设置于所述置物网片的侧方。The storage system according to claim 6, wherein the clamping member is made of plastic material, and the bracket is provided with hook grooves that match the cross bars of the rods of the storage mesh, For hooking the cross bar in the rod, the load-bearing structure further includes a shelf body and an end cover body, wherein the shelf body is used to be covered above the storage mesh, and The end cap body is used to be disposed on the side of the storage mesh.
- 根据权利要求3所述的置物系统,其中,所述承载结构还包括置物搁板,所述置物搁板用于装配于置物网架,所述置物搁板包括:The storage system according to claim 3, wherein the load-bearing structure further includes a storage shelf, the storage shelf is used to be assembled on a storage grid, and the storage shelf includes:搁板本体,所述搁板本体具有纵向排布的多个成型孔、被限位定型的至少两个定型槽以及用于与置物网架配合的配合槽,多个所述成型孔横向地贯穿所述搁板本体的左端面和右端面,至少两个所述定型槽被定位地分布于多个所述成型孔之间;和The shelf body has a plurality of longitudinally arranged molding holes, at least two shaping grooves that are limited and shaped, and a matching groove used to cooperate with the storage grid, and the plurality of molding holes penetrate transversely. On the left and right end surfaces of the shelf body, at least two of the shaping grooves are positioned and distributed between a plurality of the shaping holes; and端盖本体,所述端盖本体包括端盖板体和凸设于所述端盖板体的至少两个端盖插件,所述端盖本体的所述端盖插件一一对应地插接于所述搁板本体的所述定型槽,以通过所述端盖板体遮盖所述搁板本体的所述左端面或所述右端面。The end cover body includes an end cover plate body and at least two end cover plug-ins protruding from the end cover plate body. The end cover plug-ins of the end cover body are plugged into the end cover body in a one-to-one correspondence. The shaping groove of the shelf body is used to cover the left end surface or the right end surface of the shelf body through the end cover plate body.
- 根据权利要求9所述的置物系统,其中,所述搁板本体具有相对布置的上表面和下表面,所述搁板本体的所述配合槽的槽口朝下,用于卡扣在置物网架的上方;所述搁板本体的所述定型槽包括槽腔和与所述槽腔连通的槽口,所述槽腔横向地贯穿所述搁板本体的所述左端面和所述右端面,所述槽口位于所述搁板本体的所述下表面;所述定型槽中所述槽口的横向尺寸等于所述槽腔的横向尺寸,且所述槽口的纵向尺寸小于所述槽腔的纵向尺寸。The storage system according to claim 9, wherein the shelf body has an upper surface and a lower surface arranged oppositely, and the notch of the matching groove of the shelf body faces downward for buckling on the storage net. Above the shelf; the shaping groove of the shelf body includes a groove cavity and a notch connected to the groove cavity, and the groove cavity transversely penetrates the left end surface and the right end surface of the shelf body , the notch is located on the lower surface of the shelf body; the transverse dimension of the notch in the shaped groove is equal to the transverse dimension of the groove cavity, and the longitudinal dimension of the notch is smaller than the groove The longitudinal dimension of the cavity.
- 根据权利要求9所述的置物系统,其中,所述端盖本体中的每个所述端盖插件包括自所述端盖板体一体地横向延伸的一对插接臂,两个所述插接臂被间隔地分布于所述端盖板体,且两个所述插接臂之间的上端间距大于两个所述插接臂之间的下端间距;每个所述端盖插件进一步包括自所述端盖板体一体地横向延伸的一对加强筋,所述加强筋一体地连接于对应的所述插接臂;每个所述端盖插件中的两个所述加强筋位于两个所述插接臂之间,且所述加强筋处于对应的所述插接臂的中部。 The storage system according to claim 9, wherein each of the end cover inserts in the end cover body includes a pair of plug arms extending laterally from the end cover plate body, and two of the plug arms The connecting arms are spaced apart from the end cover plate body, and the upper end distance between the two plug-in arms is greater than the lower end distance between the two plug-in arms; each of the end cover inserts further includes A pair of reinforcing ribs integrally and laterally extending from the end cover plate body, the reinforcing ribs are integrally connected to the corresponding plug-in arms; two of the reinforcing ribs in each end cover plug-in are located on both sides between the two plug-in arms, and the reinforcing rib is in the middle of the corresponding plug-in arm.
- 根据权利要求3所述的置物系统,其中,所述承载结构还包括隔网组件,所述隔网组件用于分隔所述置物网片,所述隔网组件包括:The storage system according to claim 3, wherein the load-bearing structure further includes a mesh component, the mesh component is used to separate the storage mesh pieces, and the mesh component includes:隔网片;和Mesh screen; and卡持件,其中所述卡持件包括与所述隔网片连接的搭持部和自所述搭持部一体延伸的卡扣部,其中所述卡持件中的所述搭持部用于搭持在置物网片的杆件的上方,并且所述卡扣部用于卡扣于置物网片的杆件的下方,以将所述隔网片卡持于置物网片而分隔置物网片的置物区域。The clamping member, wherein the clamping member includes a clamping portion connected to the mesh sheet and a buckling portion integrally extending from the clamping portion, wherein the clamping portion of the clamping member is It is above the rod that is held on the storage mesh, and the buckle part is used to buckle below the rod of the storage mesh, so that the partition mesh is clamped on the storage mesh to separate the storage net. Table storage area.
- 根据权利要求12所述的置物系统,其中,所述卡持件的所述搭持部横向延伸,用于搭持于置物网片的纵杆,其中所述卡持件的所述卡扣部自所述搭持部倾斜地竖向延伸,用于卡扣于置物网片的横杆;所述卡持件的所述搭持部包括自所述隔网片横向地向左和向右延伸的一对搭持臂,其中向左延伸的所述搭持臂用于越过且搭持于置物网片上位于所述隔网片左侧的一个或多个纵杆,并且向右延伸的所述搭持臂用于越过且搭持于置物网片上位于所述隔网片右侧的一个或多个纵杆;所述卡持件的所述卡扣部包括分别自所述搭持臂斜向下延伸的一对卡扣臂,并且所述卡扣部的所述卡扣臂用于自上向下穿过置物网片以卡扣于横杆。The storage system according to claim 12, wherein the latching portion of the latching member extends transversely for latching on the vertical rod of the storage mesh, wherein the buckling portion of the latching member The latching part extends vertically and obliquely from the latching part, and is used to buckle on the crossbar of the storage mesh; the latching part of the holding part includes a crossbar extending laterally from the partition mesh to the left and right. A pair of holding arms, wherein the holding arm extending to the left is used to cross over and hold one or more longitudinal rods on the left side of the partition net piece on the storage net piece, and the said holding arm extending to the right The holding arm is used to cross over and hold one or more vertical rods on the right side of the partition mesh on the storage mesh; the buckle portion of the holding member includes two components: A pair of buckle arms extending downward, and the buckle arms of the buckle part are used to pass through the storage mesh from top to bottom to buckle with the cross bar.
- 根据权利要求13所述的置物系统,其中,两个所述卡持件分别被固定于所述隔网片的前后两端,其中位于前端的所述卡持件中所述卡扣部的所述卡扣臂自所述搭持臂向前倾斜地延伸,用于向前卡扣于置物网片上靠前的横杆,并且位于后端的所述卡持件中所述卡扣部的所述卡扣臂自所述搭持臂向后倾斜地延伸,用于向后卡扣于置物网片上靠后的横杆;位于前端的所述卡持件中所述卡扣部进一步包括自所述卡扣臂向后倾斜地延伸的前引导臂;并且位于后端的所述卡持件中所述卡扣部进一步包括自所述卡扣臂向后延伸的后勾臂。The storage system according to claim 13, wherein two of the latching members are respectively fixed to the front and rear ends of the mesh sheet, and all of the latching parts of the latching members located at the front end are The buckle arm extends obliquely forward from the holding arm and is used to buckle forward to the front crossbar on the storage mesh, and the buckle portion of the buckle part in the rear end is located The buckle arm extends obliquely backward from the holding arm, and is used to buckle rearwardly with the cross bar on the storage net; the buckle portion of the clamping member located at the front end further includes: The buckle arm is a front guide arm that extends obliquely backward; and the buckle portion of the holder located at the rear end further includes a rear hook arm that extends rearwardly from the buckle arm.
- 根据权利要求14所述的置物系统,其中,所述卡持件的所述搭持部纵向延伸,用于搭持于置物网片的横杆,其中所述卡持件的所述卡扣部自所述搭持部竖向延伸,用于卡扣于置物网片的纵杆;所述卡持件的所述搭持部包括用于插接所述隔网片的搭持板,并且所述搭持板纵向延伸用于越过且搭持于置物网片上两个或两个以上的横杆;其中所述卡持件的所述卡扣部包括分别自所述搭持板的左右两侧竖向延伸的一对或多对纵向卡扣,并且所述纵向卡扣分别用于自上向下穿过置物网片以卡扣于置物网片上相邻的两个纵杆。The storage system according to claim 14, wherein the latching portion of the latching member extends longitudinally for latching on a cross bar of the storage mesh, wherein the buckling portion of the latching member Vertically extending from the latching part, it is used to buckle on the vertical rod of the storage mesh; the latching part of the holding member includes a latching plate for inserting the partition mesh, and the The holding plate extends longitudinally to cross over and hold two or more horizontal bars on the storage mesh; wherein the buckle portion of the holding member includes two or more cross-bars from the left and right sides of the holding plate. One or more pairs of longitudinal buckles extending vertically, and the longitudinal buckles are respectively used to pass through the storage mesh from top to bottom to buckle on two adjacent vertical bars on the storage mesh.
- 根据权利要求1所述的置物系统,其中,所述竖梁包括第一竖梁、第二竖梁及竖梁拼接件,所述竖梁拼接件用于将所述第一竖梁端对端地拼接于所述第二竖梁;The storage system according to claim 1, wherein the vertical beam includes a first vertical beam, a second vertical beam and a vertical beam splicing piece, and the vertical beam splicing piece is used to connect the first vertical beam end to end. ground spliced to the second vertical beam;其中,所述竖梁拼接件包括:Wherein, the vertical beam splicing parts include:连接件,其中所述连接件具有用于与第一竖梁连接的连接部和自所述连接部延伸的限位部,并且所述限位部设有用于与第一竖梁的表面和第二竖梁的表面相匹配的限位面;和A connecting piece, wherein the connecting piece has a connecting part for connecting with the first vertical beam and a limiting part extending from the connecting part, and the limiting part is provided with a surface for connecting with the first vertical beam and a third vertical beam. The surfaces of the two vertical beams match the limiting surfaces; and限位件,其中所述限位件被设置于所述连接件的所述限位部,用于将第二竖梁端对端地抵接于第一竖梁,并使第一竖梁的表面和第二竖梁的表面同时贴合于所述限位部的所述限位面。Limiting member, wherein the limiting member is provided on the limiting portion of the connecting member and is used to abut the second vertical beam end-to-end against the first vertical beam and make the first vertical beam The surface and the surface of the second vertical beam are in contact with the limiting surface of the limiting portion at the same time.
- 根据权利要求16所述的置物系统,其中,所述连接件的所述限位部为用于提供平整的所述限位面的限位板,并且所述连接部为自所述限位板的所述限位面横向延伸的连接柱,用于对应地插接于第一竖梁的基壁上的安装孔,其中所述限位件为自所述限位板的所述限位面横向延伸的限位柱,用于对应地插接于第二竖梁的基壁上的安装孔,使得所述限位板的所述限位面用于贴合于第一竖梁和第二竖梁的基壁表面;所述连接件中的所述连接柱和所述限位柱均自所述限位板的所述限位面一体地横向延伸。The storage system according to claim 16, wherein the limiting portion of the connecting member is a limiting plate used to provide a flat limiting surface, and the connecting portion is formed from the limiting plate. The connecting column extending transversely from the limiting surface is used to be correspondingly plugged into the mounting hole on the base wall of the first vertical beam, wherein the limiting member is from the limiting surface of the limiting plate. The laterally extending limiting column is used to be plugged into the mounting hole on the base wall of the second vertical beam accordingly, so that the limiting surface of the limiting plate is used to fit the first vertical beam and the second vertical beam. The base wall surface of the vertical beam; the connecting column and the limiting column in the connecting member all extend laterally and integrally from the limiting surface of the limiting plate.
- 根据权利要求17所述的置物系统,其中,所述连接件的所述限位部为用于贴合于第一竖梁和第二竖梁的基壁表面的限位架,并且所述连接部为自所述限位架的一端部向外凸起的连接块,用于嵌入第一竖梁的侧壁上的第二卡槽,其中所述限位件被设置于所述限位架的另一端部,用于插入第二竖梁的侧壁上的第一卡槽;所述限位件为用于与第二竖梁的第一卡槽相适配的限位杆,并且所述连接件的所述限位架的所述另一端部开设有与所述限位杆相匹配的第一通孔,用于使所述限位杆通过所述第一通孔贯穿所述限位架以插入第二竖梁的第一卡槽。The storage system according to claim 17, wherein the limiting portion of the connecting member is a limiting frame adapted to fit on the base wall surface of the first vertical beam and the second vertical beam, and the connecting member The part is a connecting block protruding outward from one end of the limiting frame, and is used to be inserted into the second slot on the side wall of the first vertical beam, wherein the limiting member is arranged on the limiting frame The other end of the second vertical beam is used to insert into the first slot on the side wall of the second vertical beam; the limiting member is a limiting rod adapted to the first slot of the second vertical beam, and the The other end of the limiting frame of the connecting piece is provided with a first through hole that matches the limiting rod, so that the limiting rod can penetrate the limiting frame through the first through hole. The position bracket is inserted into the first slot of the second vertical beam.
- 根据权利要求1所述的置物系统,其中,所述竖梁包括支撑体,所述支撑体上具有至少三列沿着所述支撑体宽度方向间隔布设的安装位,每一列所述安装位包括多个安装孔,沿所述支撑体宽度方向至少设置有两个安装部,每个所述安装部由一个或多个所述安装孔形成,所述安装部用于配合外接安装 件;The storage system according to claim 1, wherein the vertical beam includes a support body, the support body has at least three rows of installation positions spaced along the width direction of the support body, and each row of the installation positions includes: A plurality of installation holes, at least two installation parts are provided along the width direction of the support body, each of the installation parts is formed by one or more of the installation holes, and the installation part is used to cooperate with external installation pieces;两个侧板,两个所述侧板分别固设于所述支撑体的两侧边,所述支撑体包括第一面及与所述第一面相背的第二面,两个所述侧板均凸出于所述第一面。Two side plates, the two side plates are respectively fixed on both sides of the support body, the support body includes a first face and a second face opposite to the first face, and the two side plates The plates all protrude from the first surface.
- 根据权利要求19所述的置物系统,其中,所述支撑体还包括加强筋,所述加强筋设置于相邻两列所述安装位之间,且所述加强筋沿所述支撑体长度方向延伸,所述侧板、所述加强筋及所述支撑体一体设置。 The storage system according to claim 19, wherein the support body further includes reinforcing ribs, the reinforcing ribs are arranged between two adjacent rows of the mounting positions, and the reinforcing ribs are along the length direction of the support body. Extended, the side plate, the reinforcing rib and the support body are integrally provided.
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202220645198.9 | 2022-03-23 | ||
CN202220633995.5U CN217695624U (en) | 2022-03-23 | 2022-03-23 | Shoe rack set and shoe cabinet |
CN202220633995.5 | 2022-03-23 | ||
CN202220647477.9U CN217743944U (en) | 2022-03-23 | 2022-03-23 | Article-holding basket set and article-holding basket frame |
CN202220645198.9U CN217610124U (en) | 2022-03-23 | 2022-03-23 | Separate net subassembly and separate supporter |
CN202220647477.9 | 2022-03-23 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023179645A1 true WO2023179645A1 (en) | 2023-09-28 |
Family
ID=88100013
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2023/082999 WO2023179645A1 (en) | 2022-03-23 | 2023-03-22 | Item placement system |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2023179645A1 (en) |
Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN215304852U (en) * | 2021-02-05 | 2021-12-28 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Object placing plate and object placing system |
CN217610074U (en) * | 2022-03-25 | 2022-10-21 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Vertical beam splice and spliced beam |
CN217610124U (en) * | 2022-03-23 | 2022-10-21 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Separate net subassembly and separate supporter |
CN217695852U (en) * | 2021-12-31 | 2022-11-01 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Beam body |
CN217695624U (en) * | 2022-03-23 | 2022-11-01 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Shoe rack set and shoe cabinet |
CN217743944U (en) * | 2022-03-23 | 2022-11-08 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Article-holding basket set and article-holding basket frame |
CN217959343U (en) * | 2022-05-23 | 2022-12-06 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Storage shelf and goods shelf |
-
2023
- 2023-03-22 WO PCT/CN2023/082999 patent/WO2023179645A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN215304852U (en) * | 2021-02-05 | 2021-12-28 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Object placing plate and object placing system |
CN217695852U (en) * | 2021-12-31 | 2022-11-01 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Beam body |
CN217610124U (en) * | 2022-03-23 | 2022-10-21 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Separate net subassembly and separate supporter |
CN217695624U (en) * | 2022-03-23 | 2022-11-01 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Shoe rack set and shoe cabinet |
CN217743944U (en) * | 2022-03-23 | 2022-11-08 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Article-holding basket set and article-holding basket frame |
CN217610074U (en) * | 2022-03-25 | 2022-10-21 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Vertical beam splice and spliced beam |
CN217959343U (en) * | 2022-05-23 | 2022-12-06 | 杭州巨星科技股份有限公司 | Storage shelf and goods shelf |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8002124B2 (en) | Tool rack set fastener | |
CN111182816B (en) | Bearing structure for bent | |
US8196761B2 (en) | Easily assembled shelving system of small overall size | |
KR200444838Y1 (en) | The connective structure of bookshelf | |
KR200474283Y1 (en) | Shelf support apparatus | |
AU2020251967A1 (en) | Module articulation system | |
US11910922B2 (en) | Modular bottle rack system and rack component thereof | |
WO2023179645A1 (en) | Item placement system | |
KR200470013Y1 (en) | Fabricated bookshelf | |
CN217743944U (en) | Article-holding basket set and article-holding basket frame | |
US20120298606A1 (en) | Sectional rack | |
KR200484969Y1 (en) | Shelf assembly | |
CN217959343U (en) | Storage shelf and goods shelf | |
CN217610124U (en) | Separate net subassembly and separate supporter | |
CN217805047U (en) | Motorcycle tail box with portable table | |
CN213216289U (en) | Cabinet convenient for quick assembly | |
CN215304852U (en) | Object placing plate and object placing system | |
US9321590B2 (en) | Storage system having latchable wall panels and supports, kit such wall panels and supports, and assembly method for automatic storage systems | |
CN220320030U (en) | Connecting clamping piece and commodity shelf assembly | |
CN213704995U (en) | Novel white board | |
JP2827764B2 (en) | Transport equipment | |
CN218773573U (en) | Wine rack for refrigeration equipment and refrigeration equipment with same | |
CN218127628U (en) | Cover plate set for goods shelf and goods shelf | |
KR102694485B1 (en) | Structure of connector for fastening the partitions | |
EP1374728A1 (en) | A rack assembly |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23773892 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |